* doc/as.texinfo: Refer to or include c-alpha.texi for Alpha
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
f7e42eb4 2@c Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
40b36596 3@c 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
252b5132
RH
4@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
6@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
7@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
8@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
9@c in config/tc-*.c
10@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 11@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
12@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
13@c %**start of header
14@setfilename as.info
15@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
16@macro gcctabopt{body}
17@code{\body\}
18@end macro
252b5132
RH
19@c defaults, config file may override:
20@set have-stabs
21@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
22@c man begin NAME
23@c ---
252b5132 24@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 25@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 26@c ---
0285c67d 27@c man end
4a4c4a1d 28@c ---
252b5132 29@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
30@ifset COFF
31@set COFF-ELF
32@end ifset
33@ifset ELF
34@set COFF-ELF
35@end ifset
252b5132
RH
36@ifset AOUT
37@set aout-bout
38@end ifset
39@ifset ARM/Thumb
40@set ARM
41@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
42@ifset Blackfin
43@set Blackfin
44@end ifset
252b5132
RH
45@ifset BOUT
46@set aout-bout
47@end ifset
48@ifset H8/300
49@set H8
50@end ifset
252b5132
RH
51@ifset SH
52@set H8
53@end ifset
54@ifset HPPA
55@set abnormal-separator
56@end ifset
57@c ------------
58@ifset GENERIC
59@settitle Using @value{AS}
60@end ifset
61@ifclear GENERIC
62@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
63@end ifclear
64@setchapternewpage odd
65@c %**end of header
66
67@c @smallbook
68@c @set SMALL
69@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
70@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
71@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
72@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 73@c
252b5132
RH
74@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
75@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
76@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
77@c break.
01642c12 78@c
252b5132
RH
79@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
80@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
81@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
82@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 83@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
84@ifinfo
85@set SMALL
86@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
87@c might as well show 'em anyways.
88@end ifinfo
89
9160ea82
AM
90@ifnottex
91@dircategory Software development
92@direntry
252b5132 93* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 94* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
95@end direntry
96@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
97
98@finalout
99@syncodeindex ky cp
100
0e9517a9 101@copying
252b5132
RH
102This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
103
0285c67d 104@c man begin COPYRIGHT
9fbcbd81
NC
105Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
1062000, 2001, 2002, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 107
0285c67d 108Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 109under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
110or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
111with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
112Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 113section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
114
115@c man end
0e9517a9 116@end copying
252b5132
RH
117
118@titlepage
119@title Using @value{AS}
120@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
121@ifclear GENERIC
122@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
123@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
124@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
125@sp 1
126@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
127@end ifset
252b5132
RH
128@sp 1
129@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
130@sp 1
131@sp 13
b45619c0 132The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 133Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 134first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
135The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
136distracting the boss while they got some work
137done.
138@sp 3
139@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
140@page
141@tex
142{\parskip=0pt
143\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
144\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
145}
146%"boxit" macro for figures:
147%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
148\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
149 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
150#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
151\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
152@end tex
153
154@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
9fbcbd81
NC
155Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
1562000, 2001, 2002, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 157
cf055d54 158 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 159 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
160 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
161 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
162 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 163 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 164
252b5132 165@end titlepage
4ecceb71 166@contents
252b5132 167
2e64b665 168@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
169@node Top
170@top Using @value{AS}
171
e49e529d
JM
172This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
173@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
174@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
175@end ifset
176version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 177@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 178This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
179code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
180@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
181
182This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
183Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 184section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 185
252b5132
RH
186@menu
187* Overview:: Overview
188* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
189* Syntax:: Syntax
190* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
191* Symbols:: Symbols
192* Expressions:: Expressions
193* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
194@ifset ELF
195* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
196@end ifset
252b5132
RH
197* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
198* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
199* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 200* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 201* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 202@end menu
2e64b665 203@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
204
205@node Overview
206@chapter Overview
207@iftex
a4fb0134 208This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 209@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 210This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
211code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
212@end ifclear
213@end iftex
214
215@cindex invocation summary
216@cindex option summary
217@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 218Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 219see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 220
0285c67d
NC
221@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
222
a4fb0134 223@ignore
0285c67d
NC
224@c man begin SEEALSO
225gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
226@c man end
a4fb0134 227@end ignore
0285c67d 228
252b5132
RH
229@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
230@c to be limited to one line for the header.
231@smallexample
0285c67d 232@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 233@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 234 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 235 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565
NC
236 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
237 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
238 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
239 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
240 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}] [@b{-o}
241 @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}] [@b{--statistics}]
242 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}] [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}]
a0b7da79
MM
243 [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}] [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
244 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
245 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134
SC
246@c
247@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 248@c Add an empty line for separation.
625e1353
RH
249@ifset ALPHA
250
251@emph{Target Alpha options:}
252 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
253 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 254 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
255 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
256 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
257@end ifset
252b5132 258@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
259
260@emph{Target ARC options:}
261 [@b{-marc[5|6|7|8]}]
262 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
263@end ifset
264@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
265
266@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 267@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
268 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
269 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
270 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
271 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 272 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 273 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
274 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
275 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
276 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 277 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 278@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
279@ifset Blackfin
280
281@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
282 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
283 [@b{-mfdpic}]
284 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
285 [@b{-mnopic}]
286@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
287@ifset CRIS
288
289@emph{Target CRIS options:}
290 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
291 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
292 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 293 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
294@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
295@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
296@end ifset
252b5132 297@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
298
299@emph{Target D10V options:}
300 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
301@end ifset
302@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
303
304@emph{Target D30V options:}
305 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132
RH
306@end ifset
307@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
308
309@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
310 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
311@end ifset
312@ifset HPPA
313@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
314@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
315@ifset I80386
316
317@emph{Target i386 options:}
12b55ccc 318 [@b{--32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 319 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
320@end ifset
321@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
322
323@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 324@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
325 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
326 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
327 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 328@end ifset
587fe2b3 329@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 330
9e32ca89
NC
331@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
332 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
333 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
334 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 335 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 336 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 337 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
338 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
339@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
340@ifset IP2K
341
342@emph{Target IP2K options:}
343 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
344@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
345@ifset M32C
346
347@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 348 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 349@end ifset
587fe2b3 350@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 351
a4fb0134
SC
352@emph{Target M32R options:}
353 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 354 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 355@end ifset
252b5132 356@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
357
358@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
359 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 360@end ifset
60bcf0fa 361@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
362
363@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
d01030e6 364 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}]
2f904664
SC
365 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
366 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 367 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
368 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
369 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
370@end ifset
371@ifset MCORE
372
373@emph{Target MCORE options:}
374 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
375 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 376@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
377@ifset MICROBLAZE
378@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
379@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
380@end ifset
252b5132 381@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
382
383@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 384 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 385 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 386 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5
TS
387 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
388 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 389 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
5f74bc13 390 [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
437ee9d5
TS
391 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
392 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 393 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
e16bfa71 394 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 395 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 396 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 397 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 398 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
ef2e4d86 399 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
2babba43
MR
400 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
401 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
402 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 403 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 404 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
405@end ifset
406@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
407
408@emph{Target MMIX options:}
409 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
410 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
411 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 412 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134
SC
413@end ifset
414@ifset PDP11
415
416@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
417 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
418 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 419 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
420@end ifset
421@ifset PJ
422
423@emph{Target picoJava options:}
424 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
425@end ifset
426@ifset PPC
427
428@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
429 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|
2f3bb96a 430 @b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|@b{-mppc64}|@b{-m620}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|@b{-mbooke}]
9b4e5766 431 [@b{-mcom}|@b{-many}|@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}] [@b{-memb}]
a4fb0134
SC
432 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
433 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}]
434 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
435 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
436@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
437@ifset RX
438
439@emph{Target RX options:}
440 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
441 [@b{-m32bit-ints}|@b{-m16bit-ints}]
442 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
443@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
444@ifset S390
445
446@emph{Target s390 options:}
447 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
448 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
449 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
450@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
451@ifset SCORE
452
453@emph{Target SCORE options:}
454 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
455 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
456 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
457 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
458@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
459@ifset SPARC
460
461@emph{Target SPARC options:}
462@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
463 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
464 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}]
465 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}] [@b{-bump}]
466 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
467@end ifset
468@ifset TIC54X
469
470@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 471 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
472 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
473@end ifset
3c9b82ba 474
40b36596
JM
475@ifset TIC6X
476
477@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
478 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-matomic}|@b{-mno-atomic}]
b5593623 479 [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}] [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}]
87779176 480 [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}] [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596
JM
481@end ifset
482
3c9b82ba
NC
483@ifset Z80
484
485@emph{Target Z80 options:}
486 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
487 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
488 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
489 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
490 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
491 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
492 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
493@end ifset
494
a4fb0134
SC
495@ifset Z8000
496@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 497@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
498@ifset XTENSA
499
500@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
43cd72b9 501 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
e0001a05 502 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
43cd72b9 503 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
9456465c 504 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
e0001a05 505@end ifset
0285c67d 506@c man end
252b5132
RH
507@end smallexample
508
0285c67d
NC
509@c man begin OPTIONS
510
a4fb0134 511@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 512@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 513
83f10cb2 514@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
515Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
516
a4fb0134 517@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
518@item -ac
519omit false conditionals
520
521@item -ad
522omit debugging directives
523
83f10cb2
NC
524@item -ag
525include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
526
252b5132
RH
527@item -ah
528include high-level source
529
530@item -al
531include assembly
532
533@item -am
534include macro expansions
535
536@item -an
537omit forms processing
538
539@item -as
540include symbols
541
542@item =file
543set the name of the listing file
544@end table
545
546You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
547listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
548the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
549
caa32fe5 550@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
551Begin in alternate macro mode.
552@ifclear man
553@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
554@end ifclear
caa32fe5 555
955974c6
CC
556@item --compress-debug-sections
557Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed
558to begin with @samp{.zdebug}, and the resulting object file may not be
559compatible with older linkers and object file utilities.
560
561@item --nocompress-debug-sections
562Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is the default.
563
252b5132
RH
564@item -D
565Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
566other assemblers.
567
3d6b762c
JM
568@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
569When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
570information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
571
252b5132
RH
572@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
573Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
574@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
575indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
576value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
577use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
578
579@item -f
580``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
581compiler output).
582
329e276d
NC
583@item -g
584@itemx --gen-debug
585Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
586debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
587ECOFF or DWARF2.
588
252b5132
RH
589@item --gstabs
590Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
591may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
592
05da4302
NC
593@item --gstabs+
594Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
595extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
596debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
597may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
598the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
599
329e276d 600@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 601Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 602may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 603option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 604
252b5132
RH
605@item --help
606Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
607
ea20a7da
CC
608@item --target-help
609Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
610
252b5132
RH
611@item -I @var{dir}
612Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
613
614@item -J
615Don't warn about signed overflow.
616
617@item -K
618@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
619This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
620@end ifclear
621@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
622Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
623@end ifset
624
625@item -L
626@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
627Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
628system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
629or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
630@ifclear man
631@xref{Symbol Names}.
632@end ifclear
252b5132 633
c3a27914
NC
634@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
635Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
636listing to @var{number}.
637
638@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
639Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
640lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
641
642@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
643Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
644@var{number} bytes.
645
646@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
647Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
648to @var{number} + 1.
649
252b5132 650@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 651Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
652
653@item -R
654Fold the data section into the text section.
655
4bdd3565
NC
656@kindex --hash-size=@var{number}
657Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
658@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
659assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
660memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
661requirements at the expense of speed.
662
663@item --reduce-memory-overheads
664This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
665assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
666@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
667
252b5132
RH
668@item --statistics
669Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
670assembly.
671
672@item --strip-local-absolute
673Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
674
675@item -v
676@itemx -version
a4fb0134 677Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
678
679@item --version
a4fb0134 680Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
681
682@item -W
2bdd6cf5 683@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
684Suppress warning messages.
685
2bdd6cf5
GK
686@item --fatal-warnings
687Treat warnings as errors.
688
689@item --warn
690Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
691
252b5132
RH
692@item -w
693Ignored.
694
695@item -x
696Ignored.
697
698@item -Z
699Generate an object file even after errors.
700
701@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
702Standard input, or source files to assemble.
703
704@end table
2a633939
JM
705@c man end
706
707@ifset ALPHA
708
709@ifclear man
710@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
711for an Alpha processor.
712@end ifclear
713
714@ifset man
715@c man begin OPTIONS
716The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
717processor.
718@c man end
719@c man begin INCLUDE
720@include c-alpha.texi
721@c ended inside the included file
722@end ifset
723
724@end ifset
252b5132 725
2a633939 726@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
727@ifset ARC
728The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
729an ARC processor.
730
a4fb0134 731@table @gcctabopt
0d2bcfaf
NC
732@item -marc[5|6|7|8]
733This option selects the core processor variant.
734@item -EB | -EL
735Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
252b5132
RH
736@end table
737@end ifset
738
739@ifset ARM
740The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
741processor family.
742
a4fb0134 743@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 744@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 745Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 746@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 747Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 748@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 749Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
750@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
751Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
752@item -mthumb
753Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 754@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
755Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
756@item -EB | -EL
757Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
758@item -mthumb-interwork
759Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
760ARM code in mind.
761@item -k
762Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
763@end table
764@end ifset
765
9982501a
JZ
766@ifset Blackfin
767The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
768the Blackfin processor family.
769
770@table @gcctabopt
771@item -mcpu=@var{processor}@r{[}-@var{sirevision}@r{]}
772This option specifies the target processor. The optional @var{sirevision}
773is not used in assembler.
774@item -mfdpic
775Assemble for the FDPIC ABI.
1f9bb1ca
AS
776@item -mno-fdpic
777@itemx -mnopic
9982501a
JZ
778Disable -mfdpic.
779@end table
780@end ifset
781
328eb32e
HPN
782@ifset CRIS
783See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
784@end ifset
785
252b5132
RH
786@ifset D10V
787The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
788a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 789@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
790@cindex D10V optimization
791@cindex optimization, D10V
792@item -O
793Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
794@end table
795@end ifset
796
797@ifset D30V
798The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
799processor.
a4fb0134 800@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
801@cindex D30V optimization
802@cindex optimization, D30V
803@item -O
804Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
805
806@cindex D30V nops
807@item -n
808Warn when nops are generated.
809
810@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
811@item -N
812Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
813@end table
814@end ifset
815
816@ifset I960
817The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
818Intel 80960 processor.
819
a4fb0134 820@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
821@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
822Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
823
824@item -b
825Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
826
827@item -no-relax
828Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
829error if necessary.
830
831@end table
832@end ifset
833
a40cbfa3
NC
834@ifset IP2K
835The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 836Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
837
838@table @gcctabopt
839
840@item -mip2022ext
841Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
842
843@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 844Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
845just the basic IP2022 ones.
846
847@end table
848@end ifset
849
49f58d10
JB
850@ifset M32C
851The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
852Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
853
854@table @gcctabopt
855
856@item -m32c
857Assemble M32C instructions.
858
859@item -m16c
860Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
861
c54b5932
DD
862@item -relax
863Enable support for link-time relaxations.
864
865@item -h-tick-hex
866Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
867
49f58d10
JB
868@end table
869@end ifset
870
ec694b89
NC
871@ifset M32R
872The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 873Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 874
a4fb0134 875@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
876
877@item --m32rx
878Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
879is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
880
881@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
882Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 883encountered.
ec694b89
NC
884
885@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
886Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
887encountered.
ec694b89
NC
888
889@end table
890@end ifset
252b5132
RH
891
892@ifset M680X0
893The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
894Motorola 68000 series.
895
a4fb0134 896@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
897
898@item -l
899Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
900
0285c67d
NC
901@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
902@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
903@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
904Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
905is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
906
907@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
908The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
909The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
910the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
911two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
912coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
913
914@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
915The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
916unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
917
918@end table
919@end ifset
920
e135f41b
NC
921@ifset PDP11
922
923For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
924see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
925
a4fb0134 926@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
927@item -mpic | -mno-pic
928Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 929default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
930
931@item -mall
932@itemx -mall-extensions
933Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
934
935@item -mno-extensions
936Disable all instruction set extensions.
937
938@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
939Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
940
941@item -m@var{cpu}
942Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
943disable all other extensions.
944
945@item -m@var{machine}
946Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
947model, and disable all other extensions.
948@end table
949
950@end ifset
951
041dd5a9
ILT
952@ifset PJ
953The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
954a picoJava processor.
955
a4fb0134 956@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
957
958@cindex PJ endianness
959@cindex endianness, PJ
960@cindex big endian output, PJ
961@item -mb
962Generate ``big endian'' format output.
963
964@cindex little endian output, PJ
965@item -ml
966Generate ``little endian'' format output.
967
968@end table
969@end ifset
970
60bcf0fa
NC
971@ifset M68HC11
972The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
973Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
974
a4fb0134 975@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 976
d01030e6 977@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12
60bcf0fa
NC
978Specify what processor is the target. The default is
979defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
980
2f904664
SC
981@item -mshort
982Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
983
984@item -mlong
01642c12 985Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
986
987@item -mshort-double
01642c12 988Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
989
990@item -mlong-double
01642c12 991Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 992
1370e33d 993@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
994Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
995conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
996sub routine.
997
1370e33d
NC
998@item -S | --short-branches
999Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1000when the offset is out of range.
1001
1002@item --strict-direct-mode
1003Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1004when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1005
1006@item --print-insn-syntax
1007Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1008
1009@item --print-opcodes
1010print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
1011
1012@item --generate-example
1013print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1014This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1015
1016@end table
1017@end ifset
1018
252b5132 1019@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1020The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1021for the SPARC architecture:
1022
a4fb0134 1023@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1024@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1025@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1026Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1027
1028@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1029@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1030
1031@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1032UltraSPARC extensions.
1033
1034@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1035For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1036equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1037
1038@item -bump
1039Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1040@end table
1041@end ifset
1042
39bec121
TW
1043@ifset TIC54X
1044The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1045architecture.
39bec121 1046
a4fb0134 1047@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1048@item -mfar-mode
1049Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1050extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1051@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1052Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1053@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1054Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1055behaviour in the shell.
1056@end table
1057@end ifset
1058
252b5132
RH
1059@ifset MIPS
1060The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
437ee9d5 1061a @sc{mips} processor.
252b5132 1062
a4fb0134 1063@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1064@item -G @var{num}
1065This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1066implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1067use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1068
1069@cindex MIPS endianness
1070@cindex endianness, MIPS
1071@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1072@item -EB
1073Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1074
1075@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1076@item -EL
1077Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1078
1079@cindex MIPS ISA
1080@item -mips1
1081@itemx -mips2
1082@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1083@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1084@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1085@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1086@itemx -mips32r2
4058e45f 1087@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1088@itemx -mips64r2
437ee9d5
TS
1089Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} Instruction Set Architecture level.
1090@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1091alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1092@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
5f74bc13
CD
1093@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips64}, and
1094@samp{-mips64r2}
af7ee8bf 1095correspond to generic
5f74bc13
CD
1096@samp{MIPS V}, @samp{MIPS32}, @samp{MIPS32 Release 2}, @samp{MIPS64},
1097and @samp{MIPS64 Release 2}
1098ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5
TS
1099
1100@item -march=@var{CPU}
1101Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
1102
1103@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
1104Schedule and tune for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
1105
1106@item -mfix7000
1107@itemx -mno-fix7000
1108Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1109of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1110
ecb4347a
DJ
1111@item -mdebug
1112@itemx -no-mdebug
1113Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1114section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1115
dcd410fe
RO
1116@item -mpdr
1117@itemx -mno-pdr
1118Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1119
437ee9d5
TS
1120@item -mgp32
1121@itemx -mfp32
1122The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1123flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1124all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1125and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1126
1127@item -mips16
1128@itemx -no-mips16
1129Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1130@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1131turns off this option.
252b5132 1132
e16bfa71
TS
1133@item -msmartmips
1134@itemx -mno-smartmips
1135Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1136equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1137@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1138
1f25f5d3
CD
1139@item -mips3d
1140@itemx -no-mips3d
1141Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1142This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1143@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1144
deec1734
CD
1145@item -mdmx
1146@itemx -no-mdmx
1147Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1148This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1149@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1150
2ef2b9ae
CF
1151@item -mdsp
1152@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1153Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1154This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1155@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1156
8b082fb1
TS
1157@item -mdspr2
1158@itemx -mno-dspr2
1159Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
1160This option implies -mdsp.
1161This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1162@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1163
ef2e4d86
CF
1164@item -mmt
1165@itemx -mno-mt
1166Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1167This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1168@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1169
437ee9d5
TS
1170@item --construct-floats
1171@itemx --no-construct-floats
1172The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1173double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1174value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1175the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1176selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132
RH
1177
1178@cindex emulation
1179@item --emulation=@var{name}
a4fb0134 1180This option causes @command{@value{AS}} to emulate @command{@value{AS}} configured
252b5132
RH
1181for some other target, in all respects, including output format (choosing
1182between ELF and ECOFF only), handling of pseudo-opcodes which may generate
1183debugging information or store symbol table information, and default
1184endianness. The available configuration names are: @samp{mipsecoff},
1185@samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslecoff}, @samp{mipsbecoff}, @samp{mipslelf},
1186@samp{mipsbelf}. The first two do not alter the default endianness from that
1187of the primary target for which the assembler was configured; the others change
1188the default to little- or big-endian as indicated by the @samp{b} or @samp{l}
1189in the name. Using @samp{-EB} or @samp{-EL} will override the endianness
1190selection in any case.
1191
1192This option is currently supported only when the primary target
437ee9d5 1193@command{@value{AS}} is configured for is a @sc{mips} ELF or ECOFF target.
252b5132
RH
1194Furthermore, the primary target or others specified with
1195@samp{--enable-targets=@dots{}} at configuration time must include support for
1196the other format, if both are to be available. For example, the Irix 5
1197configuration includes support for both.
1198
1199Eventually, this option will support more configurations, with more
1200fine-grained control over the assembler's behavior, and will be supported for
1201more processors.
1202
1203@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1204@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1205the native tools.
1206
252b5132
RH
1207@item --trap
1208@itemx --no-trap
1209@itemx --break
1210@itemx --no-break
1211Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1212@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1213(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1214@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1215break exception.
63486801
L
1216
1217@item -n
a4fb0134 1218When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1219time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1220@end table
1221@end ifset
1222
1223@ifset MCORE
1224The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1225an MCore processor.
1226
a4fb0134 1227@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1228@item -jsri2bsr
1229@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1230Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1231The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1232
1233@item -sifilter
1234@itemx -nosifilter
1235Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1236The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1237
1238@item -relax
1239Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1240
ec694b89
NC
1241@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1242Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1243can be assembled.
1244
1245@item -EB
1246Assemble for a big endian target.
1247
1248@item -EL
1249Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1250
1251@end table
1252@end ifset
1253
3c3bdf30
NC
1254@ifset MMIX
1255See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1256@end ifset
1257
046d31c2
NC
1258@ifset RX
1259See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1260@end ifset
1261
11c19e16
MS
1262@ifset S390
1263The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1264processor family.
1265
1266@table @gcctabopt
1267@item -m31
1268@itemx -m64
1269Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1270@item -mesa
1271@item -mzarch
1272Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1273Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1274@item -march=@var{processor}
1275Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g6}, @samp{g6},
1276@samp{z900}, @samp{z990}, @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec}, or @samp{z10}.
1277@item -mregnames
1278@itemx -mno-regnames
1279Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1280@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1281Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1282but evaluates to zero.
1283@end table
1284@end ifset
2a633939 1285@c man end
11c19e16 1286
40b36596 1287@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1288
1289@ifclear man
1290@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1291for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1292@end ifclear
1293
1294@ifset man
1295@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1296The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1297TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1298@c man end
1299@c man begin INCLUDE
1300@include c-tic6x.texi
1301@c ended inside the included file
1302@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1303
1304@end ifset
1305
2a633939 1306@c man begin OPTIONS
e0001a05
NC
1307@ifset XTENSA
1308The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1309an Xtensa processor.
1310
1311@table @gcctabopt
e0001a05
NC
1312@item --text-section-literals | --no-text-section-literals
1313With @option{--text-@-section-@-literals}, literal pools are interspersed
1314in the text section. The default is
1315@option{--no-@-text-@-section-@-literals}, which places literals in a
43cd72b9
BW
1316separate section in the output file. These options only affect literals
1317referenced via PC-relative @code{L32R} instructions; literals for
1318absolute mode @code{L32R} instructions are handled separately.
1319
1320@item --absolute-literals | --no-absolute-literals
1321Indicate to the assembler whether @code{L32R} instructions use absolute
1322or PC-relative addressing. The default is to assume absolute addressing
1323if the Xtensa processor includes the absolute @code{L32R} addressing
1324option. Otherwise, only the PC-relative @code{L32R} mode can be used.
e0001a05
NC
1325
1326@item --target-align | --no-target-align
1327Enable or disable automatic alignment to reduce branch penalties at the
1328expense of some code density. The default is @option{--target-@-align}.
1329
1330@item --longcalls | --no-longcalls
1331Enable or disable transformation of call instructions to allow calls
1332across a greater range of addresses. The default is
1333@option{--no-@-longcalls}.
43cd72b9
BW
1334
1335@item --transform | --no-transform
1336Enable or disable all assembler transformations of Xtensa instructions.
1337The default is @option{--transform};
1338@option{--no-transform} should be used only in the rare cases when the
1339instructions must be exactly as specified in the assembly source.
00e3c476
BW
1340
1341@item --rename-section @var{oldname}=@var{newname}
1342When generating output sections, rename the @var{oldname} section to
1343@var{newname}.
e0001a05
NC
1344@end table
1345@end ifset
1346
3c9b82ba
NC
1347@ifset Z80
1348The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1349a Z80 family processor.
1350@table @gcctabopt
1351@item -z80
1352Assemble for Z80 processor.
1353@item -r800
1354Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1355@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1356@itemx -Wnud
1357Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1358@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1359@itemx -Wnup
1360Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1361@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1362@itemx -Wud
1363Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1364@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1365@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1366Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1367@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1368@itemx -Fud
1369Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1370@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1371@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1372Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1373@end table
1374@end ifset
1375
0285c67d
NC
1376@c man end
1377
252b5132
RH
1378@menu
1379* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1380* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1381* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1382* Command Line:: Command Line
1383* Input Files:: Input Files
1384* Object:: Output (Object) File
1385* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1386@end menu
1387
1388@node Manual
1389@section Structure of this Manual
1390
1391@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1392This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1393@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1394notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1395@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1396
1397@ifclear GENERIC
1398We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1399configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1400@end ifclear
1401@ifset GENERIC
1402This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1403various flavors of the assembler.
1404@end ifset
1405
1406@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1407On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1408to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1409In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1410architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1411mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1412particular architecture.
1413@ifset GENERIC
1414You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1415machine architecture manual for this information.
1416@end ifset
1417@ifclear GENERIC
1418@ifset H8/300
1419For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1420Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1421Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1422@end ifset
252b5132 1423@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1424For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1425see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1426@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1427@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1428@end ifset
1429@ifset Z8000
1430For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1431@end ifset
1432@end ifclear
1433
1434@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1435@ignore
1436Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1437the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1438Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1439computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1440once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1441qualification.
1442
a4fb0134 1443@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1444human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1445computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1446@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1447@end ignore
1448
1449@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1450@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1451@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1452@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1453@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1454@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1455@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1456@c directives).
1457
1458@node GNU Assembler
1459@section The GNU Assembler
1460
0285c67d
NC
1461@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1462
a4fb0134 1463@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1464@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1465This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1466configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1467@end ifclear
1468If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1469should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1470architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1471including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1472@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1473
1474@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1475@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1476@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1477@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1478assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1479machine would assemble.
1480@ifset VAX
1481Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1482@end ifset
1483@ifset M680X0
1484@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1485@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1486This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1487assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1488incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1489@end ifset
1490
0285c67d
NC
1491@c man end
1492
a4fb0134 1493Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1494program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1495@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1496
1497@node Object Formats
1498@section Object File Formats
1499
1500@cindex object file format
1501The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1502object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1503write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1504are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1505Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1506@ifclear GENERIC
1507@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1508For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1509@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1510@end ifclear
1511@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1512@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1513On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1514@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1515@end ifset
1516@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1517On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1518SOM or ELF format object files.
1519@end ifset
1520@end ifclear
1521
1522@node Command Line
1523@section Command Line
1524
1525@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1526
a4fb0134 1527After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1528options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1529before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1530significant.
1531
1532@cindex standard input, as input file
1533@kindex --
1534@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1535explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1536
1537@cindex options, command line
1538Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1539hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1540@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1541option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1542the letter is important. All options are optional.
1543
1544Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1545name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1546with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1547standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1548
1549@smallexample
1550@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1551@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1552@end smallexample
1553
1554@node Input Files
1555@section Input Files
1556
1557@cindex input
1558@cindex source program
1559@cindex files, input
1560We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 1561describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
1562be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
1563doesn't change the meaning of the source.
1564
1565@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
1566@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
1567The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
1568order specified.
1569
0285c67d 1570@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 1571Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
1572program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
1573(The standard input is also a file.)
1574
a4fb0134 1575You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
1576names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
1577command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
1578is taken to be an input file name.
1579
a4fb0134
SC
1580If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
1581from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
1582may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
1583to assemble.
1584
1585Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
1586in your command line.
1587
a4fb0134 1588If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
1589file.
1590
0285c67d
NC
1591@c man end
1592
252b5132
RH
1593@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
1594
1595@cindex input file linenumbers
1596@cindex line numbers, in input files
1597There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
1598either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
1599number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
1600``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
1601
1602@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 1603to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1604
1605@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
1606directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
1607error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
1608is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
1609@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
1610@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
1611
1612@node Object
1613@section Output (Object) File
1614
1615@cindex object file
1616@cindex output file
1617@kindex a.out
1618@kindex .o
a4fb0134 1619Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
1620your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
1621is the object file. Its default name is
1622@ifclear BOUT
1623@code{a.out}.
1624@end ifclear
1625@ifset BOUT
1626@ifset GENERIC
01642c12 1627@code{a.out}, or
252b5132 1628@end ifset
a4fb0134 1629@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 1630@end ifset
a4fb0134 1631You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
1632object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
1633reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
1634directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
1635possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
1636
1637@cindex linker
1638@kindex ld
1639The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
1640assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
1641the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
1642information for the debugger.
1643
1644@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
1645@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
1646
1647@node Errors
1648@section Error and Warning Messages
1649
0285c67d
NC
1650@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1651
a349d9dd 1652@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
1653@cindex warning messages
1654@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 1655@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 1656file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
1657runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
1658that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
1659grave problem that stops the assembly.
1660
0285c67d
NC
1661@c man end
1662
252b5132
RH
1663@cindex format of warning messages
1664Warning messages have the format
1665
1666@smallexample
1667file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
1668@end smallexample
1669
1670@noindent
1671@cindex line numbers, in warnings/errors
1672(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If a logical file name has been given
1673(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) it is used for the filename, otherwise the name of
1674the current input file is used. If a logical line number was given
1675@ifset GENERIC
1676(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
1677@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1678then it is used to calculate the number printed,
1679otherwise the actual line in the current source file is printed. The
1680message text is intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix
1681tradition).
1682
1683@cindex format of error messages
1684Error messages have the format
1685@smallexample
1686file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
1687@end smallexample
1688The file name and line number are derived as for warning
1689messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
1690because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
1691
1692@node Invoking
1693@chapter Command-Line Options
1694
1695@cindex options, all versions of assembler
1696This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
1697versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
1698for options specific
252b5132 1699@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 1700to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
1701@end ifclear
1702@ifset GENERIC
1703to particular machine architectures.
1704@end ifset
1705
0285c67d
NC
1706@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1707
c1253627 1708If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
1709you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
1710The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
1711by commas. For example:
1712
1713@smallexample
1714gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
1715@end smallexample
1716
1717@noindent
1718This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 1719standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
1720local symbols in the symbol table).
1721
1722Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
1723command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
1724(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
1725precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
1726assembler.)
1727
0285c67d
NC
1728@c man end
1729
252b5132 1730@menu
83f10cb2 1731* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 1732* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
1733* D:: -D for compatibility
1734* f:: -f to work faster
1735* I:: -I for .include search path
1736@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1737* K:: -K for compatibility
1738@end ifclear
1739@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1740* K:: -K for difference tables
1741@end ifset
1742
ba83aca1 1743* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 1744* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
1745* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
1746* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
1747* o:: -o to name the object file
1748* R:: -R to join data and text sections
1749* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
1750* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
1751* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 1752* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
1753* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
1754@end menu
1755
1756@node a
83f10cb2 1757@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
1758
1759@kindex -a
1760@kindex -ac
1761@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 1762@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
1763@kindex -ah
1764@kindex -al
1765@kindex -an
1766@kindex -as
1767@cindex listings, enabling
1768@cindex assembly listings, enabling
1769
1770These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
1771@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
1772You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
1773@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
1774@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
1775@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
1776High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
1777@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
1778also.
1779
83f10cb2
NC
1780Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
1781information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
1782
252b5132
RH
1783Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
1784which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
1785other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
1786omitted from the listing.
1787
1788Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
1789listing.
1790
1791Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
1792listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
1793@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
1794@code{.sbttl}.
1795The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
1796If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
1797listing-control directives have no effect.
1798
1799The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
1800@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
1801
96e9638b
BW
1802Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
1803because it
c3a27914
NC
1804is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
1805is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
1806directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
1807stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
1808memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
1809
caa32fe5
NC
1810@node alternate
1811@section @option{--alternate}
1812
1813@kindex --alternate
1814Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
1815
252b5132 1816@node D
a4fb0134 1817@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
1818
1819@kindex -D
1820This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
1821likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 1822@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1823
1824@node f
a4fb0134 1825@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
1826
1827@kindex -f
1828@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 1829@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
1830@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
1831(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
1832and comment preprocessing on
1833the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
1834,Preprocessing}.
1835
1836@quotation
1837@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 1838preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
1839not work correctly.
1840@end quotation
1841
1842@node I
c1253627 1843@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
1844
1845@kindex -I @var{path}
1846@cindex paths for @code{.include}
1847@cindex search path for @code{.include}
1848@cindex @code{include} directive search path
1849Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
1850@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
1851directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 1852many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 1853working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1854searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
1855specified (left to right) on the command line.
1856
1857@node K
a4fb0134 1858@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
1859
1860@kindex -K
1861@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1862On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
1863permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
1864where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
1865generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
1866family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
1867alteration on other platforms.
1868@end ifclear
1869
1870@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1871@cindex difference tables, warning
1872@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
1873@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
1874form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
1875You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
1876is done.
1877@end ifset
1878
1879@node L
ba83aca1 1880@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
1881
1882@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
1883@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
1884Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
1885@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
1886called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
1887such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
1888programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
1889notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
1890such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
1891
1892This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 1893in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 1894@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 1895
c3a27914 1896@node listing
a4fb0134 1897@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
1898
1899The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
1900@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
1901hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
1902them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
1903directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
1904@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
1905@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
1906@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 1907
a4fb0134 1908@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
1909@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
1910@kindex --listing-lhs-width
1911@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
1912Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
1913dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
1914
1915@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
1916@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
1917@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
1918Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 1919a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
1920the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
1921switch is used the default is to one.
1922
1923@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
1924@kindex --listing-rhs-width
1925@cindex Width of source line output
1926Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
1927alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
1928source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
1929
1930@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
1931@kindex --listing-cont-lines
1932@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
1933Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
1934displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
1935@end table
1936
252b5132 1937@node M
a4fb0134 1938@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
1939
1940@kindex -M
1941@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
1942The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
1943changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
1944compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
1945configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
1946MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
1947information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
1948arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 1949assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1950
1951The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
1952depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
1953file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
1954individually. These are:
1955
1956@itemize @bullet
1957@item global symbols in common section
1958
1959The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 1960Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
1961common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
1962symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
1963symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
1964
1965@item complex relocations
1966
1967The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
1968relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
1969are not support by other object file formats.
1970
1971@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
1972
1973The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
1974This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 1975instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
1976script.
1977
1978@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
1979
1980The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
1981name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
1982
1983@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
1984
1985The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 1986address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
1987which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
1988not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
1989assigned within a linker script.
1990@end itemize
1991
1992There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 1993@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
1994seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
1995
1996@itemize @bullet
1997
1998@item EBCDIC strings
1999
2000EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2001
2002@item packed binary coded decimal
2003
2004Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2005and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2006
2007@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2008
2009The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2010
2011@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2012
2013The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2014
2015@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2016
2017The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2018@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2019relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2020these options serve no purpose.
2021
2022@item @code{OPT} list control options
2023
2024The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2025@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2026@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2027
2028@item other @code{OPT} options
2029
2030The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2031@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2032
2033@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2034
2035The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2036@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2037
2038@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2039
2040The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2041
2042@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
2043
2044The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
2045
2046@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
2047
2048The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
2049
2050@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
2051
2052The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
2053
2054@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
2055
2056The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
2057
2058@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
2059
2060The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
2061
2062@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
2063
2064The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
2065
2066@end itemize
2067
2068@node MD
c1253627 2069@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2070
2071@kindex --MD
2072@cindex dependency tracking
2073@cindex make rules
2074
a4fb0134 2075@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2076file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2077dependencies of the main source file.
2078
2079The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2080
2081This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2082
2083@node o
a4fb0134 2084@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2085
2086@kindex -o
2087@cindex naming object file
2088@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2089There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
2090default it has the name
2091@ifset GENERIC
2092@ifset I960
2093@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
2094@end ifset
2095@ifclear I960
2096@file{a.out}.
2097@end ifclear
2098@end ifset
2099@ifclear GENERIC
2100@ifset I960
2101@file{b.out}.
2102@end ifset
2103@ifclear I960
2104@file{a.out}.
2105@end ifclear
2106@end ifclear
2107You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2108object file a different name.
2109
a4fb0134 2110Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2111existing file of the same name.
2112
2113@node R
a4fb0134 2114@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2115
2116@kindex -R
2117@cindex data and text sections, joining
2118@cindex text and data sections, joining
2119@cindex joining text and data sections
2120@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2121@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2122data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2123the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2124section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2125your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2126appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2127
a4fb0134 2128When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2129address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2130data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2131older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2132
c1253627
NC
2133@ifset COFF-ELF
2134When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2135this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2136@samp{.data}.
2137@end ifset
2138
2139@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2140@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2141@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2142@end ifset
2143
2144@node statistics
a4fb0134 2145@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2146
2147@kindex --statistics
2148@cindex statistics, about assembly
2149@cindex time, total for assembly
2150@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2151Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2152@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2153(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2154seconds).
2155
2156@node traditional-format
c1253627 2157@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2158
2159@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2160For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2161from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2162@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2163
2164For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2165@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2166
2167@node v
a4fb0134 2168@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2169
2170@kindex -v
2171@kindex -version
2172@cindex assembler version
2173@cindex version of assembler
2174You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2175option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2176command line.
2177
2178@node W
a4fb0134 2179@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2180
a4fb0134 2181@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2182assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2183cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2184made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2185
c1253627
NC
2186@kindex -W
2187@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2188@cindex suppressing warnings
2189@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2190If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2191This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2192how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2193are still reported.
2194
c1253627 2195@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2196@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2197@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2198If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2199files that generate warnings to be in error.
2200
c1253627 2201@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2202@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2203You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2204causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2205
2206@node Z
a4fb0134 2207@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2208@cindex object file, after errors
2209@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2210After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2211some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2212@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2213option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2214writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2215errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2216
2217@node Syntax
2218@chapter Syntax
2219
2220@cindex machine-independent syntax
2221@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2222This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2223source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2224assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2225@ifclear VAX
2226assembler.
2227@end ifclear
2228@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2229assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2230@end ifset
2231
2232@menu
2233* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
2234* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2235* Comments:: Comments
2236* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2237* Statements:: Statements
2238* Constants:: Constants
2239@end menu
2240
2241@node Preprocessing
2242@section Preprocessing
2243
2244@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2245The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2246@itemize @bullet
2247@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2248@item
2249adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2250the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2251a single space.
2252
2253@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2254@item
2255removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2256appropriate number of newlines.
2257
2258@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2259@item
2260converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2261@end itemize
2262
2263It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2264anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2265do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2266(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2267to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2268@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
252b5132
RH
2269Output, gcc.info, Using GNU CC}.
2270
2271Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2272cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2273preprocessed.
2274
2275@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2276@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2277@kindex #NO_APP
2278@kindex #APP
2279If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2280@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2281Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2282specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2283text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2284@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2285@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2286and whitespace.
2287
2288@node Whitespace
2289@section Whitespace
2290
2291@cindex whitespace
2292@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2293Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2294people to read. Unless within character constants
2295(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2296as exactly one space.
2297
2298@node Comments
2299@section Comments
2300
2301@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2302There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2303cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2304
2305Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2306This means you may not nest these comments.
2307
2308@smallexample
2309/*
2310 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2311 is to use this sort of comment.
2312*/
2313
2314/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2315@end smallexample
2316
2317@cindex line comment character
2318Anything from the @dfn{line comment} character to the next newline
2319is considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is
252b5132
RH
2320@ifset ARC
2321@samp{;} on the ARC;
2322@end ifset
550262c4
NC
2323@ifset ARM
2324@samp{@@} on the ARM;
2325@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2326@ifset H8/300
2327@samp{;} for the H8/300 family;
2328@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2329@ifset HPPA
2330@samp{;} for the HPPA;
2331@end ifset
55b62671
AJ
2332@ifset I80386
2333@samp{#} on the i386 and x86-64;
2334@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2335@ifset I960
2336@samp{#} on the i960;
2337@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
2338@ifset PDP11
2339@samp{;} for the PDP-11;
2340@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
2341@ifset PJ
2342@samp{;} for picoJava;
2343@end ifset
418c1742 2344@ifset PPC
3fb9d77f 2345@samp{#} for Motorola PowerPC;
418c1742 2346@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
2347@ifset S390
2348@samp{#} for IBM S/390;
2349@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
2350@ifset SCORE
2351@samp{#} for the Sunplus SCORE;
2352@end ifset
252b5132 2353@ifset SH
ef230218 2354@samp{!} for the Renesas / SuperH SH;
252b5132
RH
2355@end ifset
2356@ifset SPARC
2357@samp{!} on the SPARC;
2358@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
2359@ifset IP2K
2360@samp{#} on the ip2k;
2361@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
2362@ifset M32C
2363@samp{#} on the m32c;
2364@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2365@ifset M32R
2366@samp{#} on the m32r;
2367@end ifset
2368@ifset M680X0
2369@samp{|} on the 680x0;
2370@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
2371@ifset M68HC11
2372@samp{#} on the 68HC11 and 68HC12;
2373@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
2374@ifset RX
2375@samp{#} on the RX;
2376@end ifset
40b36596
JM
2377@ifset TIC6X
2378@samp{;} on the TMS320C6X;
2379@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2380@ifset VAX
2381@samp{#} on the Vax;
2382@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
2383@ifset Z80
2384@samp{;} for the Z80;
2385@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2386@ifset Z8000
2387@samp{!} for the Z8000;
2388@end ifset
2389@ifset V850
2390@samp{#} on the V850;
2391@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
2392@ifset XTENSA
2393@samp{#} for Xtensa systems;
2394@end ifset
252b5132 2395see @ref{Machine Dependencies}. @refill
81b0b3f1 2396@c FIXME What about i860?
252b5132
RH
2397
2398@ifset GENERIC
2399On some machines there are two different line comment characters. One
2400character only begins a comment if it is the first non-whitespace character on
2401a line, while the other always begins a comment.
2402@end ifset
2403
2404@ifset V850
2405The V850 assembler also supports a double dash as starting a comment that
2406extends to the end of the line.
2407
2408@samp{--};
2409@end ifset
2410
2411@kindex #
2412@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2413@cindex logical line numbers
2414To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2415special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2416expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2417line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2418new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2419
2420If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2421the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2422
2423@smallexample
2424 # This is an ordinary comment.
2425# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2426 # This is logical line # 36.
2427@end smallexample
2428This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2429of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2430
2431@node Symbol Intro
2432@section Symbols
2433
2434@cindex characters used in symbols
2435@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2436A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2437letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2438@samp{_.$}.
2439@end ifclear
2440@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2441@ifclear GENERIC
2442@ifset H8
2443A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2444letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2445@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2446symbol names.)
2447@end ifset
2448@end ifclear
2449@end ifset
2450@ifset GENERIC
2451On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2452are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2453@end ifset
2454No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
2455There is no length limit: all characters are significant. Symbols are
2456delimited by characters not in that set, or by the beginning of a file
2457(since the source program must end with a newline, the end of a file is
2458not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
2459@cindex length of symbols
2460
2461@node Statements
2462@section Statements
2463
2464@cindex statements, structure of
2465@cindex line separator character
2466@cindex statement separator character
2467@ifclear GENERIC
2468@ifclear abnormal-separator
2469A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or at a
2470semicolon (@samp{;}). The newline or semicolon is considered part of
2471the preceding statement. Newlines and semicolons within character
2472constants are an exception: they do not end statements.
2473@end ifclear
2474@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132 2475@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2476A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or an exclamation
252b5132
RH
2477point (@samp{!}). The newline or exclamation point is considered part of the
2478preceding statement. Newlines and exclamation points within character
2479constants are an exception: they do not end statements.
2480@end ifset
2481@ifset H8
2482A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}); or (for the
7be1c489 2483H8/300) a dollar sign (@samp{$}); or (for the Renesas-SH) a semicolon
252b5132
RH
2484(@samp{;}). The newline or separator character is considered part of
2485the preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character
2486constants are an exception: they do not end statements.
2487@end ifset
2488@end ifset
2489@end ifclear
2490@ifset GENERIC
2491A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or line
96e9638b
BW
2492separator character. (The line separator is usually @samp{;}, unless this
2493conflicts with the comment character; see @ref{Machine Dependencies}.) The
252b5132
RH
2494newline or separator character is considered part of the preceding
2495statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
2496exception: they do not end statements.
2497@end ifset
2498
2499@cindex newline, required at file end
2500@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2501It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2502character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2503
2504An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2505
2506@cindex instructions and directives
2507@cindex directives and instructions
2508@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2509@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2510@c 13feb91.
2511A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2512key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2513symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2514symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2515directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2516a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2517assembles into a machine language instruction.
2518@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2519Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2520recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2521represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2522language.@refill
2523@end ifset
2524
2525@cindex @code{:} (label)
2526@cindex label (@code{:})
2527A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2528Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2529have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2530
2531@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2532For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2533the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2534only one label may be defined on each line.
2535@end ifset
2536
2537@smallexample
2538label: .directive followed by something
2539another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2540 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2541@end smallexample
2542
2543@node Constants
2544@section Constants
2545
2546@cindex constants
2547A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2548inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2549@smallexample
2550@group
2551.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2552.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2553.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2554.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
255595028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2556@end group
2557@end smallexample
2558
2559@menu
2560* Characters:: Character Constants
2561* Numbers:: Number Constants
2562@end menu
2563
2564@node Characters
2565@subsection Character Constants
2566
2567@cindex character constants
2568@cindex constants, character
2569There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2570for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2571numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2572@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2573used in arithmetic expressions.
2574
2575@menu
2576* Strings:: Strings
2577* Chars:: Characters
2578@end menu
2579
2580@node Strings
2581@subsubsection Strings
2582
2583@cindex string constants
2584@cindex constants, string
2585A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2586double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2587into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2588a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2589one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2590@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2591(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2592escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2593
2594@cindex escape codes, character
2595@cindex character escape codes
2596@table @kbd
2597@c @item \a
2598@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2599@c
2600@cindex @code{\b} (backspace character)
2601@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2602@item \b
2603Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2604
2605@c @item \e
2606@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2607@c
2608@cindex @code{\f} (formfeed character)
2609@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
2610@item \f
2611Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2612
2613@cindex @code{\n} (newline character)
2614@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2615@item \n
2616Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2617
2618@c @item \p
2619@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2620@c
2621@cindex @code{\r} (carriage return character)
2622@cindex carriage return (@code{\r})
2623@item \r
2624Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2625
2626@c @item \s
2627@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2628@c other assemblers.
2629@c
2630@cindex @code{\t} (tab)
2631@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2632@item \t
2633Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2634
2635@c @item \v
2636@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2637@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2638@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2639@c
2640@cindex @code{\@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
2641@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
2642@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2643An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
2644For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
2645for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
2646
2647@cindex @code{\@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
2648@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
2649@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
2650A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
2651lower case @code{x} works.
2652
2653@cindex @code{\\} (@samp{\} character)
2654@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
2655@item \\
2656Represents one @samp{\} character.
2657
2658@c @item \'
2659@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
2660@c This is needed in single character literals
2661@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
2662@c a @samp{'}.
2663@c
2664@cindex @code{\"} (doublequote character)
2665@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
2666@item \"
2667Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
2668this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
2669
2670@item \ @var{anything-else}
2671Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
2672assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
2673you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
2674interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
2675other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
2676code and warns you of the fact.
2677@end table
2678
2679Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
2680varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
2681the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
2682compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
2683sequence.
2684
2685@node Chars
2686@subsubsection Characters
2687
2688@cindex single character constant
2689@cindex character, single
2690@cindex constant, single character
2691A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
2692followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
2693to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
2694must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
2695@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
2696grave accent. A newline
2697@ifclear GENERIC
2698@ifclear abnormal-separator
2699(or semicolon @samp{;})
2700@end ifclear
2701@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2702@ifset H8
2703(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 2704Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
2705@end ifset
2706@end ifset
2707@end ifclear
2708immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
2709and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
2710constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 2711that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
2712@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
2713
2714@node Numbers
2715@subsection Number Constants
2716
2717@cindex constants, number
2718@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 2719@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
2720are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
2721would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
2722integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
2723are floating point numbers, described below.
2724
2725@menu
2726* Integers:: Integers
2727* Bignums:: Bignums
2728* Flonums:: Flonums
2729@ifclear GENERIC
2730@ifset I960
2731* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
2732@end ifset
2733@end ifclear
2734@end menu
2735
2736@node Integers
2737@subsubsection Integers
2738@cindex integers
2739@cindex constants, integer
2740
2741@cindex binary integers
2742@cindex integers, binary
2743A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
2744the binary digits @samp{01}.
2745
2746@cindex octal integers
2747@cindex integers, octal
2748An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
2749digits (@samp{01234567}).
2750
2751@cindex decimal integers
2752@cindex integers, decimal
2753A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
2754more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
2755
2756@cindex hexadecimal integers
2757@cindex integers, hexadecimal
2758A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
2759more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
2760
2761Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
2762the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
2763(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
2764
2765@node Bignums
2766@subsubsection Bignums
2767
2768@cindex bignums
2769@cindex constants, bignum
2770A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
2771except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
2772represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
2773integers are permitted while bignums are not.
2774
2775@node Flonums
2776@subsubsection Flonums
2777@cindex flonums
2778@cindex floating point numbers
2779@cindex constants, floating point
2780
2781@cindex precision, floating point
2782A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
2783indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 2784@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
2785sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
2786to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 2787portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
2788
2789A flonum is written by writing (in order)
2790@itemize @bullet
2791@item
2792The digit @samp{0}.
2793@ifset HPPA
2794(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
2795@end ifset
2796
2797@item
a4fb0134 2798A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
2799@ifset GENERIC
2800@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
2801@ignore
2802@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
2803(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
28044.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
2805@end ignore
2806
7be1c489 2807On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
2808and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
2809one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2810
2811On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
2812(in upper or lower case).
2813
2814On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
2815one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2816
2817On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
2818@end ifset
2819@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
2820@ifset ARC
2821One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
2822@end ifset
2823@ifset H8
2824One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2825@end ifset
2826@ifset HPPA
2827The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
2828@end ifset
2829@ifset I960
2830One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2831@end ifset
2832@end ifclear
2833
2834@item
2835An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2836
2837@item
2838An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
2839
2840@item
2841An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
2842or more decimal digits.
2843
2844@item
2845An optional exponent, consisting of:
2846
2847@itemize @bullet
2848@item
2849An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
2850@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
2851@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
2852@item
2853Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2854@item
2855One or more decimal digits.
2856@end itemize
2857
2858@end itemize
2859
2860At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
2861present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
2862
a4fb0134 2863@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 2864independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 2865@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2866
2867@ifclear GENERIC
2868@ifset I960
2869@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
2870@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
2871@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
2872@node Bit Fields
2873@subsubsection Bit Fields
2874
2875@cindex bit fields
2876@cindex constants, bit field
2877You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 2878Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
2879@example
2880@var{mask}:@var{value}
2881@end example
2882@noindent
a4fb0134 2883@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
2884@var{value}.
2885
2886The resulting number is then packed
2887@ifset GENERIC
2888@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
2889(in host-dependent byte order)
2890@end ifset
2891into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
2892bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
2893requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
2894more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
2895least significant digits.@refill
2896
2897The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
2898@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
2899@end ifset
2900@end ifclear
2901
2902@node Sections
2903@chapter Sections and Relocation
2904@cindex sections
2905@cindex relocation
2906
2907@menu
2908* Secs Background:: Background
2909* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
2910* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
2911* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
2912* bss:: bss Section
2913@end menu
2914
2915@node Secs Background
2916@section Background
2917
2918Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
2919``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
2920For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
2921
2922@cindex linker, and assembler
2923@cindex assembler, and linker
2924The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 2925combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2926emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
2927@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
2928different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 2929oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
2930sections.
2931
2932@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
2933addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
2934units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
2935within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
2936run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
2937the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
2938the proper run-time addresses.
2939@ifset H8
7be1c489 2940For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 2941@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
2942ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
2943@end ifset
2944
2945@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 2946An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
2947of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
2948@dfn{bss} sections.
2949
c1253627 2950@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 2951@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 2952When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 2953@end ifset
a4fb0134 2954@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
2955using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
2956If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
2957or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
2958@end ifset
2959
2960@ifset HPPA
2961@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2962When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 2963@end ifset
a4fb0134 2964@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
2965specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
2966@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
2967(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
2968assembler directives.
2969
2970@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 2971Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
2972text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
2973is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
2974BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
2975@end ifset
2976@end ifset
2977
2978Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
2979data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
2980
2981@ifset HPPA
2982When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
2983section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
2984@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
2985@end ifset
2986
2987To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 2988relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
2989object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
2990@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
2991file is mentioned:
2992@itemize @bullet
2993@item
2994Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
2995an address?
2996@item
2997How long (in bytes) is this reference?
2998@item
2999Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3000@display
3001(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3002@end display
3003@item
3004Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3005@end itemize
3006
3007@cindex addresses, format of
3008@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3009In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3010@display
3011(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3012@end display
3013@noindent
a4fb0134 3014Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3015nature.
3016@ifset SOM
3017(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3018symbol-relative instead.)
3019@end ifset
3020
3021In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3022@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3023
3024Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3025@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3026addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3027@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3028@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3029data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3030their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3031part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3032address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3033
3034The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3035address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3036rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3037Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3038address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3039common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3040time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3041
3042By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3043the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3044sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3045customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3046the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3047data and bss sections.
3048
3049Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3050use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3051
3052@node Ld Sections
3053@section Linker Sections
3054@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3055
3056@table @strong
3057
c1253627 3058@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3059@cindex named sections
3060@cindex sections, named
3061@item named sections
3062@end ifset
3063@ifset aout-bout
3064@cindex text section
3065@cindex data section
3066@itemx text section
3067@itemx data section
3068@end ifset
a4fb0134 3069These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3070separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
3071true of another.
3072@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
3073When the program is running, however, it is
3074customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3075text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3076instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3077program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3078in the data section.
c1253627 3079@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3080
3081@cindex bss section
3082@item bss section
3083This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3084is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3085each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3086out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3087bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3088those explicit zeros from object files.
3089
3090@cindex absolute section
3091@item absolute section
3092Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3093This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3094not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3095addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3096
3097@cindex undefined section
3098@item undefined section
3099This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3100the preceding sections.
3101@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3102@end table
3103
3104@cindex relocation example
3105An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3106@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3107The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3108@end ifset
3109Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3110
3111@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3112@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3113@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3114@smallexample
3115 +-----+----+--+
3116partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3117 +-----+----+--+
3118
3119 text data bss
3120 seg. seg. seg.
3121
3122 +---+---+---+
3123partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3124 +---+---+---+
3125
3126 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3127linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3128 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3129
3130 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3131@end smallexample
3132@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3133@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3134@need 5000
3135@tex
c1253627 3136\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3137\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3138\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3139\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3140
3141\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3142\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3143\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3144
3145\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3146\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3147\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3148ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3149DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3150
3151\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3152\line{0\dots\hfil}
3153
3154@end tex
3155@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3156
3157@node As Sections
3158@section Assembler Internal Sections
3159
3160@cindex internal assembler sections
3161@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3162These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3163have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3164sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3165warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3166meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3167value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3168section-relative address.
3169
3170@table @b
3171@cindex assembler internal logic error
3172@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3173An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3174bug in the assembler.
3175
3176@cindex expr (internal section)
3177@item expr section
3178The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3179symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3180it in the expr section.
3181@c FIXME item debug
3182@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3183@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3184@c FIXME item register
3185@end table
3186
3187@node Sub-Sections
3188@section Sub-Sections
3189
3190@cindex numbered subsections
3191@cindex grouping data
3192@ifset aout-bout
3193Assembled bytes
c1253627 3194@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3195conventionally
3196@end ifset
3197fall into two sections: text and data.
3198@end ifset
3199You may have separate groups of
3200@ifset GENERIC
3201data in named sections
3202@end ifset
3203@ifclear GENERIC
3204@ifclear aout-bout
3205data in named sections
3206@end ifclear
3207@ifset aout-bout
3208text or data
3209@end ifset
3210@end ifclear
3211that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3212are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3213use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3214numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3215same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3216subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3217section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3218assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3219section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3220constants being output.
3221
3222Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3223goes in subsection number zero.
3224
3225@ifset GENERIC
3226Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3227(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3228of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3229@end ifset
3230@ifclear GENERIC
3231@ifset H8
7be1c489 3232On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3233boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3234The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3235@end ifset
3236@ifset I960
3237@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3238@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3239@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3240@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3241@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3242@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3243@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3244@end ifclear
3245
3246Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3247to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3248The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3249other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3250They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3251data subsections as a data section.
3252
3253To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3254into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3255@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3256@ifset COFF
252b5132 3257@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3258When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3259@end ifset
3260@ifclear GENERIC
3261You
3262@end ifclear
3263can also use an extra subsection
3264argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3265@var{expression}}.
3266@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3267@ifset ELF
3268@ifset GENERIC
3269When generating ELF output, you
3270@end ifset
3271@ifclear GENERIC
3272You
3273@end ifclear
3274can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3275to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3276@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3277@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3278(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3279is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3280begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3281@smallexample
3282.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3283.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3284.text 1
3285.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3286.data 0
3287.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3288.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3289.text 0
3290.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3291.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3292@end smallexample
3293
3294Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3295assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3296restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3297counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3298@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3299current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3300assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3301
3302@node bss
3303@section bss Section
3304
3305@cindex bss section
3306@cindex common variable storage
3307The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3308You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3309not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3310your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3311section are zeroed bytes.
3312
3313The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3314@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3315
3316The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3317another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3318
3319@ifset GENERIC
3320When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3321COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3322see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3323section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3324@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3325@end ifset
3326
3327@node Symbols
3328@chapter Symbols
3329
3330@cindex symbols
3331Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3332things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3333to debug.
3334
3335@quotation
3336@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3337@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3338the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3339@end quotation
3340
3341@menu
3342* Labels:: Labels
3343* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3344* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3345* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3346* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3347@end menu
3348
3349@node Labels
3350@section Labels
3351
3352@cindex labels
3353A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3354@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3355active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3356operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3357different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3358definitions.
3359
3360@ifset HPPA
3361On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3362colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3363a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3364provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3365@end ifset
3366
3367@node Setting Symbols
3368@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3369
3370@cindex assigning values to symbols
3371@cindex symbol values, assigning
3372A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3373by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3374(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3375directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3376equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3377@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3378
f8739b83
JZ
3379@ifset Blackfin
3380Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3381@end ifset
3382
252b5132
RH
3383@node Symbol Names
3384@section Symbol Names
3385
3386@cindex symbol names
3387@cindex names, symbol
3388@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3389Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3390machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3391noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3392string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3393particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3394@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3395@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3396@ifset H8
3397Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3398Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3399character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3400on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3401@end ifset
3402@end ifset
3403
3404Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3405than @code{Foo}.
3406
3407Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3408refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3409in a program.
3410
3411@subheading Local Symbol Names
3412
3413@cindex local symbol names
3414@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3415A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3416By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3417@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3418set of local label prefixes.
3419@ifset HPPA
3420On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3421@end ifset
3422
3423Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3424normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
3425You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols:
3426@option{-L}}) to retain the local symbols in the object files.
3427
3428@subheading Local Labels
3429
3430@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3431@cindex temporary symbol names
3432@cindex symbol names, temporary
ba83aca1 3433Local labels help compilers and programmers use names temporarily.
2d5aaba0
NC
3434They create symbols which are guaranteed to be unique over the entire scope of
3435the input source code and which can be referred to by a simple notation.
ba83aca1 3436To define a local label, write a label of the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N}
2d5aaba0 3437represents any positive integer). To refer to the most recent previous
ba83aca1 3438definition of that label write @samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when
2d5aaba0 3439you defined the label. To refer to the next definition of a local label, write
96e9638b 3440@samp{@b{N}f}---the @samp{b} stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands
2d5aaba0
NC
3441for ``forwards''.
3442
3443There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3444too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3445the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3446defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3447definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3448noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3449implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3450
3451Here is an example:
3452
3453@smallexample
34541: branch 1f
34552: branch 1b
34561: branch 2f
34572: branch 1b
3458@end smallexample
3459
3460Which is the equivalent of:
3461
3462@smallexample
3463label_1: branch label_3
3464label_2: branch label_1
3465label_3: branch label_4
3466label_4: branch label_3
3467@end smallexample
3468
ba83aca1 3469Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3470transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3471The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3472are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3473these parts:
252b5132
RH
3474
3475@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3476@item @emph{local label prefix}
3477All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3478Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3479that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3480used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3481@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3482object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3483you may use them in debugging.
3484
2d5aaba0
NC
3485@item @var{number}
3486This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3487label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3488
2d5aaba0
NC
3489@item @kbd{C-B}
3490This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3491of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3492
3493@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3494This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3495@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3496number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3497the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3498@end table
3499
ba83aca1
BW
3500So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3501the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3502
3503@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3504@cindex dollar local symbols
3505
3506@code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of local labels called
96e9638b
BW
3507dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they become undefined) as
3508soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain valid for only a small
2d5aaba0
NC
3509region of the input source code. Normal local labels, by contrast, remain in
3510scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined by another occurrence of
3511the same local label.
3512
3513Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3514except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3515@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3516
3517They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3518names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3519to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3520@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3521
3522@node Dot
3523@section The Special Dot Symbol
3524
3525@cindex dot (symbol)
3526@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3527@cindex current address
3528@cindex location counter
3529The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3530@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3531.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3532Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3533directive.
252b5132 3534@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3535Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3536@samp{.space 4}.
3537@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3538
3539@node Symbol Attributes
3540@section Symbol Attributes
3541
3542@cindex symbol attributes
3543@cindex attributes, symbol
3544Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3545``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3546attributes.
3547@ifset INTERNALS
3548The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3549@end ifset
3550
a4fb0134 3551If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3552all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3553symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3554would want.
3555
3556@menu
3557* Symbol Value:: Value
3558* Symbol Type:: Type
3559@ifset aout-bout
3560@ifset GENERIC
3561* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3562@end ifset
3563@ifclear GENERIC
3564@ifclear BOUT
3565* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3566@end ifclear
3567@ifset BOUT
3568* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3569@end ifset
3570@end ifclear
3571@end ifset
3572@ifset COFF
3573* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3574@end ifset
3575@ifset SOM
3576* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3577@end ifset
3578@end menu
3579
3580@node Symbol Value
3581@subsection Value
3582
3583@cindex value of a symbol
3584@cindex symbol value
3585The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3586location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3587number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3588Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3589as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3590symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3591called absolute.
3592
3593The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
35940 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3595@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3596same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3597name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3598common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3599bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3600allocated storage.
3601
3602@node Symbol Type
3603@subsection Type
3604
3605@cindex type of a symbol
3606@cindex symbol type
3607The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3608information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3609(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3610format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3611
3612@ifset aout-bout
3613@ifclear GENERIC
3614@ifset BOUT
3615@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
3616@c better if it were available outside examples.
3617@need 1000
3618@node a.out Symbols
3619@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3620
3621@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
3622@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 3623These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
3624one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
3625@code{b.out}.
3626
3627@end ifset
3628@ifclear BOUT
3629@node a.out Symbols
3630@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3631
3632@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3633@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3634
3635@end ifclear
3636@end ifclear
3637@ifset GENERIC
3638@node a.out Symbols
3639@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3640
3641@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3642@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3643
3644@end ifset
3645@menu
3646* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3647* Symbol Other:: Other
3648@end menu
3649
3650@node Symbol Desc
3651@subsubsection Descriptor
3652
3653@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3654This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3655descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3656(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3657@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3658
3659@node Symbol Other
3660@subsubsection Other
3661
3662@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 3663This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3664@end ifset
3665
3666@ifset COFF
3667@node COFF Symbols
3668@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
3669
3670@cindex COFF symbol attributes
3671@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
3672
3673The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
3674like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
3675@code{.endef} directives.
3676
3677@subsubsection Primary Attributes
3678
3679@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
3680The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
3681respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
3682
3683@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
3684
3685@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 3686The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
3687@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
3688table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
3689@end ifset
3690
3691@ifset SOM
3692@node SOM Symbols
3693@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
3694
3695@cindex SOM symbol attributes
3696@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
3697
3698The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
3699the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
3700
01642c12 3701The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
3702Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
3703@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
3704@end ifset
3705
3706@node Expressions
3707@chapter Expressions
3708
3709@cindex expressions
3710@cindex addresses
3711@cindex numeric values
3712An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
3713Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
3714
3715The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
3716a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 3717enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
3718section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
3719the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 3720@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
3721
3722@menu
3723* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
3724* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
3725@end menu
3726
3727@node Empty Exprs
3728@section Empty Expressions
3729
3730@cindex empty expressions
3731@cindex expressions, empty
3732An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
3733Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 3734expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
3735is compatible with other assemblers.
3736
3737@node Integer Exprs
3738@section Integer Expressions
3739
3740@cindex integer expressions
3741@cindex expressions, integer
3742An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
3743by @emph{operators}.
3744
3745@menu
3746* Arguments:: Arguments
3747* Operators:: Operators
3748* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
3749* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
3750@end menu
3751
3752@node Arguments
3753@subsection Arguments
3754
3755@cindex expression arguments
3756@cindex arguments in expressions
3757@cindex operands in expressions
3758@cindex arithmetic operands
3759@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
3760contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
3761this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
3762the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
3763expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
3764instruction operands.
3765
3766Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
3767@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
3768or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
3769integer.
3770
3771Numbers are usually integers.
3772
3773A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 3774that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
3775these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
3776instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
3777assemblers.
3778
3779@cindex subexpressions
3780Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
3781expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
3782operator followed by an argument.
3783
3784@node Operators
3785@subsection Operators
3786
3787@cindex operators, in expressions
3788@cindex arithmetic functions
3789@cindex functions, in expressions
3790@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
3791operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
3792between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
3793whitespace.
3794
3795@node Prefix Ops
3796@subsection Prefix Operator
3797
3798@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 3799@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
3800one argument, which must be absolute.
3801
3802@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
3803@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
3804@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
3805@tex
3806\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
3807@end tex
3808
3809@table @code
3810@item -
3811@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
3812@item ~
3813@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
3814@end table
3815
3816@tex
3817\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
3818@end tex
3819
3820@node Infix Ops
3821@subsection Infix Operators
3822
3823@cindex infix operators
3824@cindex operators, permitted arguments
3825@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
3826have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 3827to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
3828absolute, and the result is absolute.
3829
3830@enumerate
3831@cindex operator precedence
3832@cindex precedence of operators
3833
3834@item
3835Highest Precedence
3836
3837@table @code
3838@item *
3839@dfn{Multiplication}.
3840
3841@item /
3842@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
3843
3844@item %
3845@dfn{Remainder}.
3846
d1eac9d9 3847@item <<
252b5132
RH
3848@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
3849
d1eac9d9 3850@item >>
252b5132
RH
3851@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
3852@end table
3853
3854@item
3855Intermediate precedence
3856
3857@table @code
3858@item |
3859
3860@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
3861
3862@item &
3863@dfn{Bitwise And}.
3864
3865@item ^
3866@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
3867
3868@item !
3869@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
3870@end table
3871
3872@item
b131d4dc 3873Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
3874
3875@table @code
3876@cindex addition, permitted arguments
3877@cindex plus, permitted arguments
3878@cindex arguments for addition
3879@item +
3880@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
3881the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
3882sections.
3883
3884@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
3885@cindex minus, permitted arguments
3886@cindex arguments for subtraction
3887@item -
3888@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
3889result has the section of the left argument.
3890If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
3891You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
3892@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
3893
3894@cindex comparison expressions
3895@cindex expressions, comparison
3896@item ==
3897@dfn{Is Equal To}
3898@item <>
723a8472 3899@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
3900@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
3901@item <
3902@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 3903@item >
b131d4dc 3904@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 3905@item >=
b131d4dc 3906@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 3907@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
3908@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
3909
3910The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
3911value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
3912perform signed comparisons.
3913@end table
3914
3915@item Lowest Precedence
3916
3917@table @code
3918@item &&
3919@dfn{Logical And}.
3920
3921@item ||
3922@dfn{Logical Or}.
3923
3924These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
3925expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
3926value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
3927or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
3928
252b5132
RH
3929@end table
3930@end enumerate
3931
3932In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
3933address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
3934
3935@node Pseudo Ops
3936@chapter Assembler Directives
3937
3938@cindex directives, machine independent
3939@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
3940@cindex machine independent directives
3941All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
3942The rest of the name is letters, usually in lower case.
3943
3944This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
3945target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
3946@ifset GENERIC
3947Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
3948@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
3949@end ifset
3950@ifclear GENERIC
3951@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 3952@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
3953@end ifset
3954@end ifclear
3955
3956@menu
3957* Abort:: @code{.abort}
3958@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 3959* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 3960@end ifset
f0dc282c 3961
252b5132 3962* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 3963* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
3964* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
3965* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
3966* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
3967* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 3968* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 3969* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
3970* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
3971@ifset COFF
3972* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
3973@end ifset
3974@ifset aout-bout
3975* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
3976@end ifset
3977@ifset COFF
3978* Dim:: @code{.dim}
3979@end ifset
f0dc282c 3980
252b5132
RH
3981* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
3982* Eject:: @code{.eject}
3983* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 3984* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
3985* End:: @code{.end}
3986@ifset COFF
3987* Endef:: @code{.endef}
3988@end ifset
f0dc282c 3989
252b5132
RH
3990* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
3991* Endif:: @code{.endif}
3992* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
3993* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 3994* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 3995* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 3996* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
3997* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
3998* Extern:: @code{.extern}
3999* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4000* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4001* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4002* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4003* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4004* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4005@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4006* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4007* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4008@end ifset
f0dc282c 4009
252b5132
RH
4010* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4011* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4012* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4013* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4014* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4015* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4016@ifset ELF
4017* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4018@end ifset
f0dc282c 4019
252b5132
RH
4020* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4021* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4022* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4023* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4024@ifclear no-line-dir
4025* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4026@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4027
252b5132
RH
4028* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4029* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4030* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4031* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4032* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4033@ifset ELF
4034* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4035@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4036
252b5132
RH
4037* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4038@ignore
4039* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4040@end ignore
f0dc282c 4041
252b5132
RH
4042* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4043* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4044* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
4045* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
4046* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
85234291
L
4047* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4048* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4049@ifset ELF
4050* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4051* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4052@end ifset
f0dc282c 4053
252b5132 4054* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4055@ifset ELF
4056* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4057@end ifset
f0dc282c 4058
252b5132
RH
4059* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4060* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4061@ifset ELF
4062* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4063@end ifset
f0dc282c 4064
252b5132 4065* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4066* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4067* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4068* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4069@ifset COFF
4070* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4071@end ifset
4072@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4073* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4074@end ifset
f0dc282c 4075
252b5132
RH
4076* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4077* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4078* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4079@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4080* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4081@end ifset
884f0d36 4082@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4083* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
4084@end ifclear
4085
252b5132 4086* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4087@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4088* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 4089@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4090@ifset have-stabs
4091* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4092@end ifset
f0dc282c 4093
38a57ae7 4094* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4095* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4096@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4097* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4098* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4099@end ifset
f0dc282c 4100
252b5132
RH
4101@ifset COFF
4102* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4103@end ifset
f0dc282c 4104
252b5132
RH
4105* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4106* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4107@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4108* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4109@end ifset
4110
c91d2e08 4111* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4112@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4113* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4114@end ifset
f0dc282c 4115
2e13b764 4116@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4117* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4118* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4119* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4120@end ifset
f0dc282c 4121
d190d046 4122* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4123* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4124* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132
RH
4125* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
4126* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4127@end menu
4128
4129@node Abort
4130@section @code{.abort}
4131
4132@cindex @code{abort} directive
4133@cindex stopping the assembly
4134This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4135compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4136assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4137of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4138quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4139
4140@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4141@node ABORT (COFF)
4142@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4143
4144@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4145When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4146synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4147
4148@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4149When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4150but ignores it.
4151@end ifset
4152@end ifset
4153
4154@node Align
4155@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4156
4157@cindex padding the location counter
4158@cindex @code{align} directive
4159Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4160boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4161required, as described below.
4162
4163The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4164padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4165padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4166marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4167with no-op instructions.
4168
4169The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4170it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4171directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4172specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4173fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4174required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4175with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4176
4177The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
7be1c489 4178For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or32,
60946ad0 4179s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4180alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4181the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4182is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4183first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4184
9e9a9798 4185For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4186strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4187number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4188advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4189counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4190multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4191
4192This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4193native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4194GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4195described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4196architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4197
ccf8a69b
BW
4198@node Altmacro
4199@section @code{.altmacro}
4200Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4201
4202@ftable @code
4203@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4204One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4205generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4206replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4207replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4208separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4209define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4210
4211@item String delimiters
4212You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4213@code{"@var{string}"}:
4214
4215@table @code
4216@item '@var{string}'
4217You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4218
4219@item <@var{string}>
4220You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4221@end table
4222
4223@item single-character string escape
4224To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4225character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4226character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4227write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4228
4229@item Expression results as strings
4230You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4231and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4232@end ftable
4233
252b5132
RH
4234@node Ascii
4235@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4236
4237@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4238@cindex string literals
4239@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4240separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4241trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4242
4243@node Asciz
4244@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4245
4246@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4247@cindex zero-terminated strings
4248@cindex null-terminated strings
4249@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4250a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4251
4252@node Balign
4253@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4254
4255@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4256@cindex @code{balign} directive
4257Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4258storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4259alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4260the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4261is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4262
4263The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4264padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4265padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4266marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4267with no-op instructions.
4268
4269The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4270it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4271directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4272specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4273fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4274required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4275with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4276
4277@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4278@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4279The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4280@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4281pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4282fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
42834,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4284filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4285the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4286undefined.
4287
4288@node Byte
4289@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4290
4291@cindex @code{byte} directive
4292@cindex integers, one byte
4293@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4294Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4295
54cfded0 4296@node CFI directives
38462edf
JJ
4297@section @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
4298@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4299@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4300should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4301If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4302if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4303To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4304directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4305
4b7d318b 4306@section @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4307@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4308@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4309should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4310data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4311@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4312
01642c12 4313Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4314it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4315
54cfded0
AM
4316@section @code{.cfi_endproc}
4317@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4318@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4319unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4320@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4321
9b8ae42e
JJ
4322@section @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4323@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4324@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4325should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4326argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4327a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4328the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4329can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4330The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4331no personality routine.
4332
4333@section @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4334@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4335@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
4336should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4337argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be a constant
4338or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
4339no LSDA.
4340
54cfded0 4341@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4342@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4343address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4344
4345@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
4346@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4347now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4348remains the same.
4349
4350@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4351@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4352remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4353absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4354CFA address.
4355
4356@section @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4357Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4358value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4359
4360@section @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4361Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4362CFA.
54cfded0 4363
17076204
RH
4364@section @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4365Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4366the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4367using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4368This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4369code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4370
4b7d318b
L
4371@section @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4372Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4373
4374@section @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4375@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4376same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4377instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4378
4379@section @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4380From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4381
4382@section @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4383Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4384i.e. no restoration needed.
4385
01642c12
RM
4386@section @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4387First save all current rules for all registers by @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4388then totally screw them up by subsequent @code{.cfi_*} directives and when
4389everything is hopelessly bad, use @code{.cfi_restore_state} to restore
4b7d318b
L
4390the previous saved state.
4391
4392@section @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4393Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4394directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4395
63752a75
JJ
4396@section @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
4397Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4398
6749011b 4399@section @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4400SPARC register window has been saved.
4401
cdfbf930
RH
4402@section @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
4403Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4404might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4405opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4406
f1c4cc75
RH
4407@section @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
4408The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4409will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4410description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4411
4412The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4413limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4414mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4415by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4416or another register.
4417
ccf8a69b
BW
4418@node Comm
4419@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4420
ccf8a69b
BW
4421@cindex @code{comm} directive
4422@cindex symbol, common
4423@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4424common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4425of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4426definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4427allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4428absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4429the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4430using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4431
c1711530
DK
4432@ifset COFF-ELF
4433When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4434an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4435specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4436that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4437as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4438boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4439power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4440common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4441alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4442largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4443maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4444is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4445@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4446multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4447It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4448(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4449@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4450
ccf8a69b
BW
4451@ifset HPPA
4452The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4453@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4454@end ifset
07a53e5c 4455
252b5132
RH
4456@node Data
4457@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4458
4459@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 4460@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4461end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4462absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4463to zero.
4464
4465@ifset COFF
4466@node Def
4467@section @code{.def @var{name}}
4468
4469@cindex @code{def} directive
4470@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
4471@cindex debugging COFF symbols
4472Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
4473definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
4474@ifset BOUT
4475
a4fb0134 4476This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
4477format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
4478but ignored.
4479@end ifset
4480@end ifset
4481
4482@ifset aout-bout
4483@node Desc
4484@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4485
4486@cindex @code{desc} directive
4487@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
4488@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
4489This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
4490to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
4491
4492@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 4493The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 4494configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4495object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
4496it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
4497@end ifset
4498@end ifset
4499
4500@ifset COFF
4501@node Dim
4502@section @code{.dim}
4503
4504@cindex @code{dim} directive
4505@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
4506@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
4507This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
4508information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
4509@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
4510@ifset BOUT
4511
4512@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 4513@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
4514ignores it.
4515@end ifset
4516@end ifset
4517
4518@node Double
4519@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4520
4521@cindex @code{double} directive
4522@cindex floating point numbers (double)
4523@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4524assembles floating point numbers.
4525@ifset GENERIC
4526The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4527@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
4528@end ifset
4529@ifclear GENERIC
4530@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4531On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
4532in @sc{ieee} format.
4533@end ifset
4534@end ifclear
4535
4536@node Eject
4537@section @code{.eject}
4538
4539@cindex @code{eject} directive
4540@cindex new page, in listings
4541@cindex page, in listings
4542@cindex listing control: new page
4543Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
4544
4545@node Else
4546@section @code{.else}
4547
4548@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 4549@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4550assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
4551of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
4552was false.
4553
3fd9f047
TW
4554@node Elseif
4555@section @code{.elseif}
4556
4557@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 4558@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4559assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
4560@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
4561
252b5132
RH
4562@node End
4563@section @code{.end}
4564
4565@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 4566@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
4567process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
4568
4569@ifset COFF
4570@node Endef
4571@section @code{.endef}
4572
4573@cindex @code{endef} directive
4574This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
4575@code{.def}.
4576@ifset BOUT
4577
4578@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 4579@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
4580directive but ignores it.
4581@end ifset
4582@end ifset
4583
4584@node Endfunc
4585@section @code{.endfunc}
4586@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
4587@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
4588
4589@node Endif
4590@section @code{.endif}
4591
4592@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 4593@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
4594it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
4595conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
4596
4597@node Equ
4598@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4599
4600@cindex @code{equ} directive
4601@cindex assigning values to symbols
4602@cindex symbols, assigning values to
4603This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 4604It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
4605
4606@ifset HPPA
01642c12 4607The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
4608@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
4609@end ifset
4610
3c9b82ba 4611@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
4612The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
4613@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
3c9b82ba 4614On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 4615but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 4616Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
4617@end ifset
4618
252b5132
RH
4619@node Equiv
4620@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4621@cindex @code{equiv} directive
4622The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
4623the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
4624symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
4625undefined.
252b5132 4626
01642c12 4627Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
4628@smallexample
4629.ifdef SYM
4630.err
4631.endif
4632.equ SYM,VAL
4633@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
4634plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
4635
4636@node Eqv
4637@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4638@cindex @code{eqv} directive
4639The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
4640evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
4641the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
4642value is taken.
252b5132
RH
4643
4644@node Err
4645@section @code{.err}
4646@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
4647If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
4648message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 4649object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 4650
d190d046
HPN
4651@node Error
4652@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
4653@cindex error directive
4654
4655Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
4656string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
4657message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
4658@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
4659
4660@smallexample
4661 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
4662@end smallexample
4663
252b5132
RH
4664@node Exitm
4665@section @code{.exitm}
4666Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
4667
4668@node Extern
4669@section @code{.extern}
4670
4671@cindex @code{extern} directive
4672@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 4673with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
4674all undefined symbols as external.
4675
4676@node Fail
4677@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
4678
4679@cindex @code{fail} directive
4680Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
4681or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
4682than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
4683include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
4684complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
4685
252b5132 4686@node File
14082c76 4687@section @code{.file}
252b5132 4688@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
4689
4690@ifclear no-file-dir
4691There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
4692that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
4693@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
4694
4695@subheading Default Version
4696
252b5132
RH
4697@cindex logical file name
4698@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
4699This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
4700are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
4701
4702@smallexample
4703.file @var{string}
4704@end smallexample
4705
4706@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
4707recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
4708to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
4709statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 4710old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
4711
4712@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
4713@end ifclear
4714
14082c76
BW
4715When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
4716to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
4717
4718@smallexample
4719.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
4720@end smallexample
4721
4722The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
4723index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
4724literal.
4725
4726The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
4727table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
4728information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
4729entries will have.
4730
252b5132
RH
4731@node Fill
4732@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4733
4734@cindex @code{fill} directive
4735@cindex writing patterns in memory
4736@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 4737@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
4738This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
4739may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
4740more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
4741other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
4742is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
4743zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 4744byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
4745Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
4746@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
4747compatible with other people's assemblers.
4748
4749@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
4750If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
4751assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
4752@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
4753
4754@node Float
4755@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
4756
4757@cindex floating point numbers (single)
4758@cindex @code{float} directive
4759This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4760has the same effect as @code{.single}.
4761@ifset GENERIC
4762The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4763@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
4764@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4765@end ifset
4766@ifclear GENERIC
4767@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4768On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
4769in @sc{ieee} format.
4770@end ifset
4771@end ifclear
4772
4773@node Func
4774@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
4775@cindex @code{func} directive
4776@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
4777is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 4778Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
4779@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
4780prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
4781@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
4782All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
4783The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
4784
4785@node Global
4786@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
4787
4788@cindex @code{global} directive
4789@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
4790@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
4791@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
4792other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
4793@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
4794from another file linked into the same program.
4795
4796Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
4797compatibility with other assemblers.
4798
4799@ifset HPPA
4800On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
4801partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 4802@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
4803@end ifset
4804
c91d2e08 4805@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
4806@node Gnu_attribute
4807@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
4808Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
4809
c91d2e08
NC
4810@node Hidden
4811@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4812
c1253627
NC
4813@cindex @code{hidden} directive
4814@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 4815This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 4816@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 4817@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
4818
4819This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
4820their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
4821@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 4822Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
4823@end ifset
4824
252b5132
RH
4825@node hword
4826@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4827
4828@cindex @code{hword} directive
4829@cindex integers, 16-bit
4830@cindex numbers, 16-bit
4831@cindex sixteen bit integers
4832This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
4833a 16 bit number for each.
4834
4835@ifset GENERIC
4836This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
4837architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
4838@end ifset
4839@ifclear GENERIC
4840@ifset W32
4841This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
4842@end ifset
4843@ifset W16
4844This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
4845@end ifset
4846@end ifclear
4847
4848@node Ident
4849@section @code{.ident}
4850
4851@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
4852
4853This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
4854behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
4855a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
4856source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
4857for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
4858@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
4859emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
4860
4861@node If
4862@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
4863
4864@cindex conditional assembly
4865@cindex @code{if} directive
4866@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
4867considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
4868(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
4869the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
4870(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
4871alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
4872If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
4873nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
4874
4875The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
4876@table @code
4877@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
4878@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
4879Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
4880has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
4881is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 4882
26aca5f6
JB
4883@cindex @code{ifb} directive
4884@item .ifb @var{text}
4885Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
4886
252b5132
RH
4887@cindex @code{ifc} directive
4888@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
4889Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
4890strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
4891the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
4892end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
4893string comparison is case sensitive.
4894
4895@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
4896@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
4897Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
4898
4899@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
4900@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
4901Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
4902
4903@cindex @code{ifge} directive
4904@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
4905Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
4906equal to zero.
4907
4908@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
4909@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
4910Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
4911
4912@cindex @code{ifle} directive
4913@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
4914Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
4915to zero.
4916
4917@cindex @code{iflt} directive
4918@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
4919Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
4920
26aca5f6
JB
4921@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
4922@item .ifnb @var{text}
4923Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4924following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
4925
252b5132
RH
4926@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
4927@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
4928Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4929following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
4930
4931@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
4932@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
4933@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
4934@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
4935Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
4936has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
4937which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
4938
4939@cindex @code{ifne} directive
4940@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
4941Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
4942(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
4943
4944@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
4945@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
4946Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4947following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
4948@end table
4949
7e005732
NC
4950@node Incbin
4951@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
4952
4953@cindex @code{incbin} directive
4954@cindex binary files, including
4955The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
4956location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
4957option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
4958around @var{file}.
4959
4960The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
4961@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
4962read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
4963responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
4964after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 4965
252b5132
RH
4966@node Include
4967@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4968
4969@cindex @code{include} directive
4970@cindex supporting files, including
4971@cindex files, including
4972This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
4973points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
4974if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
4975included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
4976can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
4977(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
4978around @var{file}.
4979
4980@node Int
4981@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
4982
4983@cindex @code{int} directive
4984@cindex integers, 32-bit
4985Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
4986For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
4987expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
4988of target the assembly is for.
4989
4990@ifclear GENERIC
4991@ifset H8
7be1c489 4992On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 4993integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
499432-bit integers.
4995@end ifset
4996@end ifclear
4997
c91d2e08
NC
4998@ifset ELF
4999@node Internal
5000@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5001
c1253627
NC
5002@cindex @code{internal} directive
5003@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5004This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5005@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5006@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5007
5008This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5009their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5010@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5011(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5012processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5013@end ifset
5014
252b5132
RH
5015@node Irp
5016@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5017
5018@cindex @code{irp} directive
5019Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5020The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5021terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5022set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5023@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5024@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5025sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5026
5027For example, assembling
5028
5029@example
5030 .irp param,1,2,3
5031 move d\param,sp@@-
5032 .endr
5033@end example
5034
5035is equivalent to assembling
5036
5037@example
5038 move d1,sp@@-
5039 move d2,sp@@-
5040 move d3,sp@@-
5041@end example
5042
96e9638b 5043For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5044
252b5132
RH
5045@node Irpc
5046@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5047
5048@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5049Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5050The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5051terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5052@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5053assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5054assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5055@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5056
5057For example, assembling
5058
5059@example
5060 .irpc param,123
5061 move d\param,sp@@-
5062 .endr
5063@end example
5064
5065is equivalent to assembling
5066
5067@example
5068 move d1,sp@@-
5069 move d2,sp@@-
5070 move d3,sp@@-
5071@end example
5072
5e75c3ab
JB
5073For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5074at @xref{Macro}.
5075
252b5132
RH
5076@node Lcomm
5077@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5078
5079@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5080@cindex local common symbols
5081@cindex symbols, local common
5082Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5083denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5084those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5085section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5086is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5087not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5088
5089@ifset GENERIC
5090Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5091argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5092@end ifset
5093
5094@ifset HPPA
5095The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5096@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5097@end ifset
5098
5099@node Lflags
5100@section @code{.lflags}
5101
5102@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5103@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5104assemblers, but ignores it.
5105
5106@ifclear no-line-dir
5107@node Line
5108@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5109
5110@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
5111@cindex logical line number
5112@ifset aout-bout
5113Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5114expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5115statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5116reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5117@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5118for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5119@end ifset
5120
252b5132 5121Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5122@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5123when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5124were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5125@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5126
5127Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5128used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5129debugging.
5130@end ifclear
5131
5132@node Linkonce
5133@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5134@cindex COMDAT
5135@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5136@cindex common sections
5137Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5138This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5139but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5140The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5141Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5142unique.
5143
5144This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5145writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5146Executable format used on Windows NT.
5147
5148The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5149following strings. For example:
5150@smallexample
5151.linkonce same_size
5152@end smallexample
5153Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5154
5155@table @code
5156@item discard
5157Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5158
5159@item one_only
5160Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5161
5162@item same_size
5163Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5164
5165@item same_contents
5166Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5167@end table
5168
ccf8a69b
BW
5169@node List
5170@section @code{.list}
5171
5172@cindex @code{list} directive
5173@cindex listing control, turning on
5174Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5175not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5176internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5177counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5178generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5179
5180By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5181@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5182the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5183
252b5132
RH
5184@node Ln
5185@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5186
5187@cindex @code{ln} directive
5188@ifclear no-line-dir
5189@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5190@end ifclear
5191@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5192Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5193must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5194line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5195statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5196line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5197@ifset BOUT
5198
a4fb0134 5199This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5200configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5201output format.
5202@end ifset
5203@end ifset
5204
ccf8a69b
BW
5205@node Loc
5206@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5207@cindex @code{loc} directive
5208When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5209the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5210number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5211instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5212arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5213the row is added.
252b5132 5214
ccf8a69b
BW
5215The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5216
5217@table @code
5218@item basic_block
5219This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5220@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5221
5222@item prologue_end
5223This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5224@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5225
5226@item epilogue_begin
5227This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5228@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5229
5230@item is_stmt @var{value}
5231This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5232@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5233either 0 or 1.
5234
5235@item isa @var{value}
5236This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5237state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5238
92846e72
CC
5239@item discriminator @var{value}
5240This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5241state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5242
ccf8a69b
BW
5243@end table
5244
5245@node Loc_mark_labels
5246@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5247@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5248When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5249the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5250to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5251register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5252The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5253this function respectively.
252b5132 5254
4d4175af
BW
5255@ifset ELF
5256@node Local
5257@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5258
5259@cindex @code{local} directive
5260This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5261the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5262will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5263they will be created.
5264
5265For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5266accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5267the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5268(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5269@end ifset
5270
252b5132
RH
5271@node Long
5272@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5273
5274@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5275@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5276
5277@ignore
5278@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5279@c what it really ought to do
5280@node Lsym
5281@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5282
5283@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5284@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5285@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5286the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5287rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5288the same as the expression value:
5289@smallexample
5290@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5291@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5292@var{value} = @var{expression}
5293@end smallexample
5294@noindent
5295The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5296@end ignore
5297
5298@node Macro
5299@section @code{.macro}
5300
5301@cindex macros
5302The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5303generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5304@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5305
5306@example
5307 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5308 .long \from
5309 .if \to-\from
5310 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5311 .endif
5312 .endm
5313@end example
5314
5315@noindent
5316With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5317
5318@example
5319 .long 0
5320 .long 1
5321 .long 2
5322 .long 3
5323 .long 4
5324 .long 5
5325@end example
5326
5327@ftable @code
5328@item .macro @var{macname}
5329@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5330@cindex @code{macro} directive
5331Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5332definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5333separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5334indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5335@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5336(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5337macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5338cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5339subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5340definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5341
5342@table @code
5343@item .macro comm
5344Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5345arguments.
5346
6258339f 5347@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5348@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5349Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5350which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5351@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5352
5353@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5354Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5355arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5356After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5357@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5358@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5359,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5360@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5361
6eaeac8a
JB
5362@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5363Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5364arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5365not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5366will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5367
252b5132
RH
5368When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5369position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5370@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5371
6258339f
NC
5372@end table
5373
5e75c3ab
JB
5374Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5375as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5376occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5377characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5378(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5379architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5380character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5381replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5382construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5383identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5384this macro definition:
5385
5386@example
5387 .macro label l
5388\l:
5389 .endm
5390@end example
5391
5392might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5393called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5394assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5395identifier.
5396
5397Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5398which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5399for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5400length specifier like this:
5401
5402@example
5403 .macro opcode base length
5404 \base.\length
5405 .endm
5406@end example
5407
5408and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5409instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5410interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5411
5412There are several possible ways around this problem:
5413
5414@table @code
5415@item Insert white space
5416If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5417solution. eg:
5418
5419@example
5420 .macro label l
5421\l :
5422 .endm
5423@end example
5424
5425@item Use @samp{\()}
5426The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5427the following text. eg:
5428
5429@example
5430 .macro opcode base length
5431 \base\().\length
5432 .endm
5433@end example
5434
5435@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5436In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5437used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5438
5439@example
5440 .altmacro
5441 .macro label l
5442l&:
5443 .endm
5444@end example
6258339f 5445@end table
5e75c3ab 5446
96e9638b 5447Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 5448also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 5449and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5450
252b5132
RH
5451@item .endm
5452@cindex @code{endm} directive
5453Mark the end of a macro definition.
5454
5455@item .exitm
5456@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5457Exit early from the current macro definition.
5458
5459@cindex number of macros executed
5460@cindex macros, count executed
5461@item \@@
a4fb0134 5462@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5463executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5464output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5465
252b5132
RH
5466@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5467@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5468macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5469@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5470@end ftable
252b5132 5471
ccf8a69b
BW
5472@node MRI
5473@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 5474
ccf8a69b
BW
5475@cindex @code{mri} directive
5476@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
5477If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
5478@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
5479affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
5480of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 5481
caa32fe5
NC
5482@node Noaltmacro
5483@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 5484Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 5485
252b5132
RH
5486@node Nolist
5487@section @code{.nolist}
5488
5489@cindex @code{nolist} directive
5490@cindex listing control, turning off
5491Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
5492not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5493internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5494counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5495generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5496
5497@node Octa
5498@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
5499
5500@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
5501@cindex @code{octa} directive
5502@cindex integer, 16-byte
5503@cindex sixteen byte integer
5504This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
5505bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
5506
5507The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5508hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
5509
5510@node Org
5511@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
5512
5513@cindex @code{org} directive
5514@cindex location counter, advancing
5515@cindex advancing location counter
5516@cindex current address, advancing
5517Advance the location counter of the current section to
5518@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
5519expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
5520you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
5521wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
5522with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 5523@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5524is the same as the current subsection.
5525
5526@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
5527unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
5528backwards.
5529
5530@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
5531@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
5532@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 5533Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5534may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
5535a chance to share your improved assembler.
5536
5537Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
5538to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
5539people's assemblers.
5540
5541When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
5542intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
5543absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
5544@var{fill} defaults to zero.
5545
5546@node P2align
5547@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
5548
5549@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
5550@cindex @code{p2align} directive
5551Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
5552storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
5553number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
5554advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
5555counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
5556multiple of 8, no change is needed.
5557
5558The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
5559padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
5560padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
5561marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
5562with no-op instructions.
5563
5564The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
5565it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
5566directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
5567specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
5568fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
5569required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
5570with no-op instructions when appropriate.
5571
5572@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
5573@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
5574The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
5575@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
5576pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
5577fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
55782,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
5579filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
5580the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
5581undefined.
5582
ccf8a69b
BW
5583@ifset ELF
5584@node PopSection
5585@section @code{.popsection}
5586
5587@cindex @code{popsection} directive
5588@cindex Section Stack
5589This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5590@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5591@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
5592(@pxref{Previous}).
5593
5594This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
5595section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 5596stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
5597@end ifset
5598
c91d2e08
NC
5599@ifset ELF
5600@node Previous
5601@section @code{.previous}
5602
c1253627 5603@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5604@cindex Section Stack
5605This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5606@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5607@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
5608(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
5609
5610This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 5611referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 5612@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
5613subsections). For example:
5614
5615@smallexample
5616.section A
5617 .subsection 1
5618 .word 0x1234
5619 .subsection 2
5620 .word 0x5678
5621.previous
5622 .word 0x9abc
5623@end smallexample
5624
5625Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
5626section A. Whilst:
5627
5628@smallexample
5629.section A
5630.subsection 1
5631 # Now in section A subsection 1
5632 .word 0x1234
5633.section B
5634.subsection 0
5635 # Now in section B subsection 0
5636 .word 0x5678
5637.subsection 1
5638 # Now in section B subsection 1
5639 .word 0x9abc
5640.previous
5641 # Now in section B subsection 0
5642 .word 0xdef0
5643@end smallexample
5644
5645Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
5646section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
5647
5648In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
5649the top section on the section stack.
5650@end ifset
5651
252b5132
RH
5652@node Print
5653@section @code{.print @var{string}}
5654
5655@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 5656@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
5657assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
5658
c91d2e08
NC
5659@ifset ELF
5660@node Protected
5661@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
5662
c1253627
NC
5663@cindex @code{protected} directive
5664@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5665This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 5666@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
5667
5668This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5669their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5670@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
5671components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
5672component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 5673this.
c91d2e08
NC
5674@end ifset
5675
252b5132
RH
5676@node Psize
5677@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
5678
5679@cindex @code{psize} directive
5680@cindex listing control: paper size
5681@cindex paper size, for listings
5682Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
5683number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
5684
5685If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
5686of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
5687default width is 200 columns.
5688
a4fb0134 5689@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
5690lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
5691@code{.eject}).
5692
5693If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
5694those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
5695
5696@node Purgem
5697@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
5698
5699@cindex @code{purgem} directive
5700Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
5701expanded. @xref{Macro}.
5702
c91d2e08
NC
5703@ifset ELF
5704@node PushSection
9cfc3331 5705@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 5706
c1253627 5707@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5708@cindex Section Stack
5709This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5710@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5711@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 5712(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5713
e9863d7f
DJ
5714This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
5715top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
5716subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
5717@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
5718as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
5719@end ifset
5720
252b5132
RH
5721@node Quad
5722@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
5723
5724@cindex @code{quad} directive
5725@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
5726each bignum, it emits
5727@ifclear bignum-16
5728an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
5729warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
5730@cindex eight-byte integer
5731@cindex integer, 8-byte
5732
5733The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5734hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
5735@end ifclear
5736@ifset bignum-16
5737a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
5738warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
5739@cindex sixteen-byte integer
5740@cindex integer, 16-byte
5741@end ifset
5742
05e9452c
AM
5743@node Reloc
5744@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
5745
5746@cindex @code{reloc} directive
5747Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
5748@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
5749the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
5750symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
5751@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
5752absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
5753targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
5754relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
5755section.
5756
252b5132
RH
5757@node Rept
5758@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
5759
5760@cindex @code{rept} directive
5761Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
5762@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
5763
5764For example, assembling
5765
5766@example
5767 .rept 3
5768 .long 0
5769 .endr
5770@end example
5771
5772is equivalent to assembling
5773
5774@example
5775 .long 0
5776 .long 0
5777 .long 0
5778@end example
5779
5780@node Sbttl
5781@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
5782
5783@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
5784@cindex subtitles for listings
5785@cindex listing control: subtitle
5786Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
5787title line) when generating assembly listings.
5788
5789This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
5790it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
5791
5792@ifset COFF
5793@node Scl
5794@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
5795
5796@cindex @code{scl} directive
5797@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
5798@cindex COFF symbol storage class
5799Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
5800used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
5801whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
5802symbolic debugging information.
5803@ifset BOUT
5804
5805The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 5806configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
5807accepts this directive but ignores it.
5808@end ifset
5809@end ifset
5810
c1253627 5811@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 5812@node Section
c1253627 5813@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 5814
252b5132
RH
5815@cindex named section
5816Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
5817named @var{name}.
5818
5819This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
5820named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
5821with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
5822
c1253627
NC
5823@ifset COFF
5824@ifset ELF
5825@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5826@subheading COFF Version
5827@end ifset
5828
5829@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
5830For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
5831ways:
c91d2e08 5832
252b5132
RH
5833@smallexample
5834.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 5835.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
5836@end smallexample
5837
5838If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
5839section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
5840@table @code
5841@item b
5842bss section (uninitialized data)
5843@item n
5844section is not loaded
5845@item w
5846writable section
5847@item d
5848data section
5849@item r
5850read-only section
5851@item x
5852executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
5853@item s
5854shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
5855@item a
5856ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
5857@item y
5858section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
5859@item 0-9
5860single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
5861@end table
5862
5863If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
5864the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
5865loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
5866from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
5867will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
5868
5869If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 5870taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 5871@end ifset
252b5132
RH
5872
5873@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
5874@ifset COFF
5875@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5876@subheading ELF Version
5877@end ifset
5878
c91d2e08
NC
5879@cindex Section Stack
5880This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 5881@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
5882(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
5883@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5884
c1253627 5885@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 5886For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 5887
252b5132 5888@smallexample
7047dd1e 5889.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 5890@end smallexample
c91d2e08 5891
252b5132 5892The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 5893combination of the following characters:
252b5132
RH
5894@table @code
5895@item a
5896section is allocatable
18ae9cc1
L
5897@item e
5898section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
5899@item w
5900section is writable
5901@item x
5902section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
5903@item M
5904section is mergeable
5905@item S
5906section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
5907@item G
5908section is a member of a section group
5909@item T
5910section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
5911@item ?
5912section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
252b5132
RH
5913@end table
5914
5915The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
5916@table @code
5917@item @@progbits
5918section contains data
5919@item @@nobits
5920section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
5921@item @@note
5922section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
5923@item @@init_array
5924section contains an array of pointers to init functions
5925@item @@fini_array
5926section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
5927@item @@preinit_array
5928section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
252b5132
RH
5929@end table
5930
10b016c2
PB
5931Many targets only support the first three section types.
5932
ececec60
NC
5933Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
5934ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
5935@code{%} character.
5936
22fe14ad 5937If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 5938be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
5939
5940@smallexample
5941.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
5942@end smallexample
5943
5944Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
5945constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
5946@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
5947@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
5948the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
5949absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
5950which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
5951@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
5952@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
5953
5954If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
5955be present along with an additional field like this:
5956
5957@smallexample
5958.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
5959@end smallexample
5960
5961The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
5962particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
5963@table @code
5964@item comdat
5965indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
5966@item .gnu.linkonce
5967an alias for comdat
5968@end table
5969
96e9638b 5970Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
5971the Merge flag should come first, like this:
5972
5973@smallexample
5974.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
5975@end smallexample
ec38dd05 5976
01642c12
RM
5977If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
5978@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
5979present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
5980this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
5981@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
5982If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
5983
252b5132
RH
5984If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
5985the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
5986none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
5987executable. The section will contain data.
5988
5989For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
5990directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 5991
252b5132
RH
5992@smallexample
5993.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
5994@end smallexample
c91d2e08 5995
252b5132
RH
5996Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
5997separated flags:
5998@table @code
5999@item #alloc
6000section is allocatable
6001@item #write
6002section is writable
6003@item #execinstr
6004section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6005@item #exclude
6006section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6007@item #tls
6008section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6009@end table
c91d2e08 6010
e9863d7f
DJ
6011This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6012contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6013some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6014work.
c1253627
NC
6015@end ifset
6016@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6017
6018@node Set
6019@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6020
6021@cindex @code{set} directive
6022@cindex symbol value, setting
6023Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6024changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6025@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6026flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6027
6028You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly.
6029
6030If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6031file is the last value stored into it.
6032
3c9b82ba
NC
6033@ifset Z80
6034On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6035@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6036@end ifset
6037
252b5132
RH
6038@node Short
6039@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6040
6041@cindex @code{short} directive
6042@ifset GENERIC
6043@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6044@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6045
6046In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6047numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6048@end ifset
6049@ifclear GENERIC
6050@ifset W16
6051@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6052@end ifset
6053@ifset W32
6054This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6055a 16 bit number for each.
6056@end ifset
6057@end ifclear
6058
6059@node Single
6060@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6061
6062@cindex @code{single} directive
6063@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6064This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6065has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6066@ifset GENERIC
6067The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6068@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6069@end ifset
6070@ifclear GENERIC
6071@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6072On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6073numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6074@end ifset
6075@end ifclear
6076
c1253627 6077@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6078@node Size
c1253627 6079@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6080
c1253627
NC
6081This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6082
6083@ifset COFF
6084@ifset ELF
6085@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6086@subheading COFF Version
6087@end ifset
6088
6089@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6090For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6091@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6092
6093@smallexample
6094.size @var{expression}
6095@end smallexample
252b5132 6096
c91d2e08 6097@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6098@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6099@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6100ignores it.
6101@end ifset
c1253627 6102@end ifset
c91d2e08 6103
c1253627
NC
6104@ifset ELF
6105@ifset COFF
6106@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6107@subheading ELF Version
6108@end ifset
6109
6110@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6111For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6112
c1253627
NC
6113@smallexample
6114.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6115@end smallexample
6116
6117This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6118The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6119arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6120symbols.
c1253627
NC
6121@end ifset
6122@end ifset
252b5132 6123
252b5132
RH
6124@ifclear no-space-dir
6125@node Skip
6126@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6127
6128@cindex @code{skip} directive
6129@cindex filling memory
6130This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6131@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6132@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6133@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6134@end ifclear
252b5132 6135
ccf8a69b
BW
6136@node Sleb128
6137@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6138
6139@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6140@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6141compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6142symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6143
884f0d36 6144@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6145@node Space
6146@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6147
6148@cindex @code{space} directive
6149@cindex filling memory
6150This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6151@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6152and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6153as @samp{.skip}.
6154
6155@ifset HPPA
6156@quotation
6157@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6158targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6159Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6160@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6161for a summary.
6162@end quotation
6163@end ifset
6164@end ifclear
6165
252b5132
RH
6166@ifset have-stabs
6167@node Stab
6168@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6169
6170@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6171@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6172There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6173All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6174The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6175cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6176Up to five fields are required:
6177
6178@table @var
6179@item string
6180This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6181@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6182debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6183using this field.
6184
6185@item type
6186An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6187this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6188and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6189
6190@item other
6191An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6192low 8 bits of this expression.
6193
6194@item desc
6195An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6196bits of this expression.
6197
6198@item value
6199An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6200@end table
6201
6202If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6203or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6204you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6205compatible with earlier assemblers!
6206
6207@table @code
6208@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6209@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6210
6211The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6212It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6213null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6214strings.
6215
6216The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6217relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6218is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6219assembled.
6220
6221@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6222@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6223The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6224
6225@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6226@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6227All five fields are specified.
6228@end table
6229@end ifset
6230@c end have-stabs
6231
6232@node String
38a57ae7 6233@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6234"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6235
6236@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6237@cindex string8, copying to object file
6238@cindex string16, copying to object file
6239@cindex string32, copying to object file
6240@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6241@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6242@cindex @code{string8} directive
6243@cindex @code{string16} directive
6244@cindex @code{string32} directive
6245@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6246
6247Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6248one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6249particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6250You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6251
01642c12 6252The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6253the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6254copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6255are stored in target endianness byte order.
6256
6257Example:
6258@smallexample
6259 .string32 "BYE"
6260expands to:
6261 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6262 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6263@end smallexample
6264
6265
252b5132
RH
6266@node Struct
6267@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6268
6269@cindex @code{struct} directive
6270Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6271which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6272@smallexample
6273 .struct 0
6274field1:
6275 .struct field1 + 4
6276field2:
6277 .struct field2 + 4
6278field3:
6279@end smallexample
6280This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6281@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6282value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6283use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6284before further assembly.
6285
c91d2e08
NC
6286@ifset ELF
6287@node SubSection
6288@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6289
c1253627 6290@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6291@cindex Section Stack
6292This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6293@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6294@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6295(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6296
6297This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6298section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6299in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6300@end ifset
6301
252b5132
RH
6302@ifset ELF
6303@node Symver
6304@section @code{.symver}
6305@cindex @code{symver} directive
6306@cindex symbol versioning
6307@cindex versions of symbols
6308Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6309within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6310typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6311There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6312into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6313shared library.
6314
79082ff0 6315For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6316@smallexample
6317.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6318@end smallexample
339681c0 6319If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6320being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6321alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6322just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6323permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6324of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6325itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6326have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6327file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6328function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6329the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6330building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6331symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6332nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6333
6334If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6335references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6336reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6337symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6338
6339Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6340@smallexample
6341.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6342@end smallexample
6343In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6344the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6345difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6346references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6347
6348The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6349@smallexample
6350.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6351@end smallexample
6352When @var{name} is not defined within the
6353file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6354@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6355name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6356@end ifset
6357
6358@ifset COFF
6359@node Tag
6360@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6361
6362@cindex COFF structure debugging
6363@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6364@cindex @code{tag} directive
6365This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6366information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6367@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6368definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6369@ifset BOUT
6370
6371@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6372@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6373ignores it.
6374@end ifset
6375@end ifset
6376
6377@node Text
6378@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6379
6380@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6381Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6382the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6383expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6384is used.
6385
6386@node Title
6387@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6388
6389@cindex @code{title} directive
6390@cindex listing control: title line
6391Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6392source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6393
6394This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6395it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6396
c1253627 6397@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6398@node Type
c1253627
NC
6399@section @code{.type}
6400
6401This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
6402
6403@ifset COFF
6404@ifset ELF
6405@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6406@subheading COFF Version
6407@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6408
6409@cindex COFF symbol type
6410@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
6411@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
6412For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
6413@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6414
6415@smallexample
6416.type @var{int}
6417@end smallexample
6418
6419This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
6420entry.
252b5132 6421
c91d2e08 6422@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6423@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6424@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
6425directive but ignores it.
6426@end ifset
c1253627 6427@end ifset
c91d2e08 6428
c1253627
NC
6429@ifset ELF
6430@ifset COFF
6431@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6432@subheading ELF Version
6433@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6434
6435@cindex ELF symbol type
6436@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
6437@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
6438For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
6439
6440@smallexample
6441.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
6442@end smallexample
6443
6444This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 6445function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 6446supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 6447compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
6448
6449Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
6450@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
6451below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
6452the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
6453maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
6454assemblers.
6455
6456The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
6457
6458@smallexample
5671778d
NC
6459 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
6460 .type <name>,#<type>
6461 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 6462 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
6463 .type <name>,"<type>"
6464@end smallexample
6465
6466The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 6467
5671778d
NC
6468@table @gcctabopt
6469@item STT_FUNC
6470@itemx function
6471Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 6472
d8045f23
NC
6473@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
6474@itemx gnu_indirect_function
6475Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
6476processing. (This is only supported on Linux targeted assemblers).
6477
5671778d
NC
6478@item STT_OBJECT
6479@itemx object
6480Mark the symbol as being a data object.
6481
6482@item STT_TLS
6483@itemx tls_object
6484Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
6485
6486@item STT_COMMON
6487@itemx common
6488Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
6489
6490@item STT_NOTYPE
6491@itemx notype
6492Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
6493
3e7a7d11
NC
6494@item gnu_unique_object
6495Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
6496will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
6497name and type in use. (This is only supported on Linux targeted assemblers).
6498
5671778d
NC
6499@end table
6500
6501Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 6502
c1253627
NC
6503@end ifset
6504@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6505
6506@node Uleb128
6507@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
6508
6509@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 6510@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 6511compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 6512symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
6513
6514@ifset COFF
6515@node Val
6516@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
6517
6518@cindex @code{val} directive
6519@cindex COFF value attribute
6520@cindex value attribute, COFF
6521This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
6522records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
6523entry.
6524@ifset BOUT
6525
a4fb0134 6526@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
6527configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
6528@end ifset
6529@end ifset
6530
2e13b764 6531@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
6532@node Version
6533@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 6534
c1253627 6535@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6536This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
6537formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 6538@end ifset
2e13b764 6539
c91d2e08
NC
6540@ifset ELF
6541@node VTableEntry
6542@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 6543
653cfe85 6544@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6545This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
6546@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 6547
c91d2e08
NC
6548@node VTableInherit
6549@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 6550
653cfe85 6551@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6552This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
6553@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 6554parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 6555parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 6556@end ifset
2e13b764 6557
d190d046
HPN
6558@node Warning
6559@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
6560@cindex warning directive
6561Similar to the directive @code{.error}
6562(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
6563
c91d2e08
NC
6564@node Weak
6565@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 6566
c1253627 6567@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 6568This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 6569@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 6570
01642c12 6571On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 6572directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
6573@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
6574
977cdf5a 6575On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 6576When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 6577alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 6578
06e77878
AO
6579@node Weakref
6580@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
6581
6582@cindex @code{weakref} directive
6583This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
6584be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
6585If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
6586will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
6587symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
6588
6589The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
6590assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
6591symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
6592resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
6593had the references to the alias removed.
6594
6595The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
6596within the assembler.
6597
252b5132
RH
6598@node Word
6599@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
6600
6601@cindex @code{word} directive
6602This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
6603separated by commas.
6604@ifclear GENERIC
6605@ifset W32
a4fb0134 6606For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6607@end ifset
6608@ifset W16
a4fb0134 6609For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6610@end ifset
6611@end ifclear
6612@ifset GENERIC
6613
6614The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
6615depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
6616@end ifset
6617
6618@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
6619@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
6620@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6621@cindex difference tables altered
6622@cindex altered difference tables
6623@quotation
6624@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
6625@end quotation
6626
6627@ifset GENERIC
6628Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
6629addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
6630interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
6631@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
6632
6633@end ifset
6634In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 6635@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 6636Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 6637compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 6638directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 6639@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6640creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
6641This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
6642first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
6643of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
6644table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
6645contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
6646@code{sym2}.
6647
6648If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
6649secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
6650@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
6651long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
6652and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
6653minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
6654entries in the original jump table as necessary.
6655
6656@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 6657@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
6658@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
6659assembly language programmers.
6660@end ifset
6661@end ifset
6662@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6663
6664@node Deprecated
6665@section Deprecated Directives
6666
6667@cindex deprecated directives
6668@cindex obsolescent directives
6669One day these directives won't work.
6670They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
6671@table @t
6672@item .abort
6673@item .line
6674@end table
6675
3a99f02f
DJ
6676@ifset ELF
6677@node Object Attributes
6678@chapter Object Attributes
6679@cindex object attributes
6680
6681@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
6682into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
6683Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
6684point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
6685requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
6686passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
6687hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
6688generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
6689newer generation at run-time.
6690
6691This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
6692@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
6693time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
6694correctly.
6695
6696Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
6697attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
6698string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
6699and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
6700or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
6701attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
6702
6703Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
6704The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
6705
6706@menu
6707* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6708* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
6709@end menu
6710
6711@node GNU Object Attributes
6712@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6713
6714The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
6715with vendor @samp{gnu}.
6716
6717Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
6718its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
6719an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
67202} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
6721architecture-dependent ones.
6722
6723@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
6724
6725These attributes are valid on all architectures.
6726
6727@table @r
6728@item Tag_compatibility (32)
6729The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
6730the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
6731then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
6732than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
6733arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
6734@end table
6735
6736@subsection MIPS Attributes
6737
6738@table @r
6739@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
6740The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6741
6742@itemize @bullet
6743@item
67440 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6745@item
67461 for files using the hardware floating-point with a standard double-precision
6747FPU.
6748@item
67492 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
6750@item
67513 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a
TS
6752@item
67534 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit wide
6754double-precision floating-point registers and 32-bit wide general
6755purpose registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
6756@end itemize
6757@end table
6758
6759@subsection PowerPC Attributes
6760
6761@table @r
6762@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
6763The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6764
6765@itemize @bullet
6766@item
67670 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6768@item
3c7b9897 67691 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6770@item
67712 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
6772@item
67733 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6774@end itemize
6775
6776@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
6777The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6778
6779@itemize @bullet
6780@item
67810 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
6782@item
67831 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
6784@item
67852 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
6786@item
67873 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
6788@end itemize
6789@end table
6790
6791@node Defining New Object Attributes
6792@section Defining New Object Attributes
6793
6794If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
6795will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
6796mailing list.
6797
6798@itemize @bullet
6799@item
6800This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
6801@item
6802The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
6803@item
6804The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
6805and issue any appropriate link warnings.
6806@item
6807Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
6808@item
6809@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
6810@item
6811GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
6812@end itemize
6813
6814@end ifset
6815
252b5132
RH
6816@ifset GENERIC
6817@node Machine Dependencies
6818@chapter Machine Dependent Features
6819
6820@cindex machine dependencies
6821The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
6822each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
6823vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
6824directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
6825assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 6826@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
6827optimization.
6828
6829This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
6830include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
6831subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
6832
6833@menu
625e1353
RH
6834@ifset ALPHA
6835* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
6836@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6837@ifset ARC
6838* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
6839@end ifset
6840@ifset ARM
6841* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
6842@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
6843@ifset AVR
6844* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
6845@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
6846@ifset Blackfin
6847* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 6848@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
6849@ifset CR16
6850* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
6851@end ifset
8bf549a8 6852@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
6853* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
6854@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6855@ifset D10V
6856* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
6857@end ifset
6858@ifset D30V
6859* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
6860@end ifset
6861@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 6862* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 6863@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6864@ifset HPPA
6865* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
6866@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
6867@ifset I370
6868* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
6869@end ifset
252b5132 6870@ifset I80386
55b62671 6871* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 6872@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
6873@ifset I860
6874* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
6875@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6876@ifset I960
6877* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
6878@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
6879@ifset IA64
6880* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
6881@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
6882@ifset IP2K
6883* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
6884@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
6885@ifset LM32
6886* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
6887@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
6888@ifset M32C
6889* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
6890@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
6891@ifset M32R
6892* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
6893@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6894@ifset M680X0
6895* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
6896@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
6897@ifset M68HC11
6898* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
6899@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
6900@ifset MICROBLAZE
6901* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
6902@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6903@ifset MIPS
6904* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
6905@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
6906@ifset MMIX
6907* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
6908@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
6909@ifset MSP430
6910* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
6911@end ifset
252b5132 6912@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
6913* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
6914* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
252b5132 6915@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
6916@ifset PDP11
6917* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
6918@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
6919@ifset PJ
6920* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
6921@end ifset
418c1742
MG
6922@ifset PPC
6923* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
6924@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
6925@ifset RX
6926* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
6927@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
6928@ifset S390
6929* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
6930@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
6931@ifset SCORE
6932* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
6933@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6934@ifset SPARC
6935* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
6936@end ifset
39bec121
TW
6937@ifset TIC54X
6938* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
6939@end ifset
40b36596
JM
6940@ifset TIC6X
6941* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
6942@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6943@ifset V850
6944* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
6945@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
6946@ifset XTENSA
6947* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
6948@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
6949@ifset Z80
6950* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
6951@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6952@ifset Z8000
6953* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
6954@end ifset
6955@ifset VAX
6956* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
6957@end ifset
6958@end menu
6959
6960@lowersections
6961@end ifset
6962
6963@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
6964@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
6965@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
6966@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
6967@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
6968@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
6969@c in both conditional blocks.
6970
625e1353
RH
6971@ifset ALPHA
6972@include c-alpha.texi
6973@end ifset
6974
6975@ifset ARC
6976@include c-arc.texi
6977@end ifset
6978
252b5132
RH
6979@ifset ARM
6980@include c-arm.texi
6981@end ifset
6982
8473f7a4
DC
6983@ifset AVR
6984@include c-avr.texi
6985@end ifset
6986
3b4e1885 6987@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
6988@include c-bfin.texi
6989@end ifset
6990
3d3d428f
NC
6991@ifset CR16
6992@include c-cr16.texi
6993@end ifset
6994
328eb32e
HPN
6995@ifset CRIS
6996@include c-cris.texi
6997@end ifset
6998
c2dcd04e 6999@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7000@ifclear GENERIC
7001@node Machine Dependencies
7002@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7003
c2dcd04e 7004The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7005and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7006chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7007family.
7008
7009@menu
c2dcd04e 7010* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7011* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7012@end menu
7013@lowersections
7014@end ifclear
7015@end ifset
7016
7017@ifset D10V
7018@include c-d10v.texi
7019@end ifset
7020
7021@ifset D30V
7022@include c-d30v.texi
7023@end ifset
7024
7025@ifset H8/300
7026@include c-h8300.texi
7027@end ifset
7028
252b5132
RH
7029@ifset HPPA
7030@include c-hppa.texi
7031@end ifset
7032
5b93d8bb
AM
7033@ifset I370
7034@include c-i370.texi
7035@end ifset
7036
252b5132
RH
7037@ifset I80386
7038@include c-i386.texi
7039@end ifset
7040
e3308d0d
JE
7041@ifset I860
7042@include c-i860.texi
7043@end ifset
7044
252b5132
RH
7045@ifset I960
7046@include c-i960.texi
7047@end ifset
7048
9e32ca89
NC
7049@ifset IA64
7050@include c-ia64.texi
7051@end ifset
7052
a40cbfa3
NC
7053@ifset IP2K
7054@include c-ip2k.texi
7055@end ifset
7056
84e94c90
NC
7057@ifset LM32
7058@include c-lm32.texi
7059@end ifset
7060
49f58d10
JB
7061@ifset M32C
7062@include c-m32c.texi
7063@end ifset
7064
ec694b89
NC
7065@ifset M32R
7066@include c-m32r.texi
7067@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7068
7069@ifset M680X0
7070@include c-m68k.texi
7071@end ifset
7072
60bcf0fa
NC
7073@ifset M68HC11
7074@include c-m68hc11.texi
7075@end ifset
7076
01642c12 7077@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7078@include c-microblaze.texi
7079@end ifset
7080
252b5132
RH
7081@ifset MIPS
7082@include c-mips.texi
7083@end ifset
7084
3c3bdf30
NC
7085@ifset MMIX
7086@include c-mmix.texi
7087@end ifset
7088
2469cfa2
NC
7089@ifset MSP430
7090@include c-msp430.texi
7091@end ifset
7092
252b5132
RH
7093@ifset NS32K
7094@include c-ns32k.texi
7095@end ifset
7096
e135f41b
NC
7097@ifset PDP11
7098@include c-pdp11.texi
7099@end ifset
7100
041dd5a9
ILT
7101@ifset PJ
7102@include c-pj.texi
7103@end ifset
7104
418c1742
MG
7105@ifset PPC
7106@include c-ppc.texi
7107@end ifset
7108
046d31c2
NC
7109@ifset RX
7110@include c-rx.texi
7111@end ifset
7112
11c19e16
MS
7113@ifset S390
7114@include c-s390.texi
7115@end ifset
7116
c0157db4
NC
7117@ifset SCORE
7118@include c-score.texi
7119@end ifset
7120
252b5132
RH
7121@ifset SH
7122@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 7123@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
7124@end ifset
7125
7126@ifset SPARC
7127@include c-sparc.texi
7128@end ifset
7129
39bec121
TW
7130@ifset TIC54X
7131@include c-tic54x.texi
7132@end ifset
7133
40b36596
JM
7134@ifset TIC6X
7135@include c-tic6x.texi
7136@end ifset
7137
3c9b82ba
NC
7138@ifset Z80
7139@include c-z80.texi
7140@end ifset
7141
252b5132
RH
7142@ifset Z8000
7143@include c-z8k.texi
7144@end ifset
7145
7146@ifset VAX
7147@include c-vax.texi
7148@end ifset
7149
7150@ifset V850
7151@include c-v850.texi
7152@end ifset
7153
e0001a05
NC
7154@ifset XTENSA
7155@include c-xtensa.texi
7156@end ifset
7157
252b5132
RH
7158@ifset GENERIC
7159@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7160@raisesections
7161@end ifset
7162
7163@node Reporting Bugs
7164@chapter Reporting Bugs
7165@cindex bugs in assembler
7166@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7167
a4fb0134 7168Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7169
7170Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7171not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7172entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7173Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7174
7175In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7176information that enables us to fix the bug.
7177
7178@menu
7179* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7180* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7181@end menu
7182
7183@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7184@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7185@cindex bug criteria
7186
7187If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7188
7189@itemize @bullet
7190@cindex fatal signal
7191@cindex assembler crash
7192@cindex crash of assembler
7193@item
7194If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7195@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7196
7197@cindex error on valid input
7198@item
a4fb0134 7199If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7200
7201@cindex invalid input
7202@item
a4fb0134 7203If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7204is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7205be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7206
7207@item
7208If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7209of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7210@end itemize
7211
7212@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7213@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7214@cindex bug reports
7215@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7216
7217A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7218you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7219contact that organization first.
7220
7221You can find contact information for many support companies and
7222individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
7223distribution.
7224
ad22bfe8 7225@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 7226In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
7227to @value{BUGURL}.
7228@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7229
7230The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7231@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7232fact or leave it out, state it!
7233
7234Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
7235and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
7236name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
7237not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
7238happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
7239perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
7240the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
7241give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
7242and the most helpful.
7243
7244Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
7245it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
7246that the bug has not been reported previously.
7247
7248Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7249bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7250respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
7251You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
7252
7253To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7254
7255@itemize @bullet
7256@item
a4fb0134 7257The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
7258it with the @samp{--version} argument.
7259
7260Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 7261the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7262
7263@item
a4fb0134 7264Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
7265
7266@item
7267The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
7268version number.
7269
7270@item
a4fb0134 7271What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
7272``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
7273
7274@item
7275The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
7276observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
7277all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
7278
7279If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
7280and then we might not encounter the bug.
7281
7282@item
7283A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
7284the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
7285high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
7286when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
7287the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
7288file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 7289@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
7290
7291@item
7292A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
7293incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
7294
a4fb0134 7295Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
7296will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
7297notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
7298make a mistake.
7299
7300Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
7301explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 7302@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
7303library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
7304would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
7305would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
7306expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
7307observations.
7308
7309@item
a4fb0134 7310If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
7311diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
7312option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 7313discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
7314by line number.
7315
7316The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
7317sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
7318@end itemize
7319
7320Here are some things that are not necessary:
7321
7322@itemize @bullet
7323@item
7324A description of the envelope of the bug.
7325
7326Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
7327which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
7328changes will not affect it.
7329
7330This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
7331will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
7332with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
7333We recommend that you save your time for something else.
7334
7335Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
7336of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
7337output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
7338less time, and so on.
7339
7340However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
7341report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
7342
7343@item
7344A patch for the bug.
7345
7346A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
7347the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
7348a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
7349to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
7350
a4fb0134 7351Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
7352construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
7353the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
7354one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
7355
7356And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
7357patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
7358help us to understand.
7359
7360@item
7361A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
7362
7363Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
7364things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
7365@end itemize
7366
7367@node Acknowledgements
7368@chapter Acknowledgements
7369
653cfe85 7370If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 7371it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12
RM
7372maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
7373@c (January 1994),
252b5132
RH
7374the maintainer is Ken Raeburn (email address @code{raeburn@@cygnus.com}).
7375
7376Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
7377more details?}
7378
7379Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
7380information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
7381extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
7382
7383K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
7384many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
7385up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
7386testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
7387including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
7388and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
7389support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
7390port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
7391file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
7392assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
7393
7394Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
7395in format-specific I/O modules.
7396
7397The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
7398has done much work with it since.
7399
7400The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
7401
7402Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
7403
7404The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
7405University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
7406
7407Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
7408(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
7409(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
7410support a.out format.
7411
7be1c489
AM
7412Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
7413tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
7414Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
7415use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
7416targets.
7417
7418John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
7419simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
7420updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 7421fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
7422remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
7423cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
7424required the proverbial one-bit fix.
7425
7426Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
742768k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
7428added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
7429PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
7430
653cfe85 7431Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
7432
7433Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
7434
7435Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
7436along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
7437formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
7438the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
7439
7440Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
7441Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
7442Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
7443Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
7444and some initial 64-bit support).
7445
c1253627 7446Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 7447
252b5132
RH
7448Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
7449support for openVMS/Alpha.
7450
39bec121
TW
7451Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
7452flavors.
7453
e0001a05 7454David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 7455Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 7456
252b5132
RH
7457Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
7458configuration enhancements.
7459
84e94c90
NC
7460Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
7461
252b5132
RH
7462Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
7463you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
7464want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
7465intentionally leaving anyone out.
7466
793c5807
NC
7467@node GNU Free Documentation License
7468@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 7469@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 7470
370b66a1
CD
7471@node AS Index
7472@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
7473
7474@printindex cp
7475
252b5132
RH
7476@bye
7477@c Local Variables:
7478@c fill-column: 79
7479@c End:
This page took 0.954742 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.